Quarterlytics / Industrials / Sureserve Group Plc

Sureserve Group Plc

sur · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker sur
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Sureserve Group Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
At the forefront 
of the energy 
transition
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

UN Sustainable Development Goals
Our businesses are committed to investing in 
sustainable improvements which support the 
goals and objectives of all our stakeholders, 
ensuring we continue to improve our 
environmental performance and safeguard 
the wellbeing of our people and our 
communities. 
	 Read about our long term contracts 
on pages 37 to 41
	 Read about progress against 
our ESG strategy on page 24
	 Read about our communities 
on page 26
Our businesses
Our vision is to be the 
supplier of choice to 
communities across 
the UK for their social 
housing energy services
Working closely with our partners, our clients and their customers, we 
provide services across the UK improving the energy efficiency and reducing 
the CO2 emissions of homes and businesses. Through long term relationships, 
we understand the challenges faced by the communities we work in, and are 
committed to making a positive impact through the work we do, and helping 
them achieve net zero in the future. 

2022 highlights
Contents
Financial highlights
	
X Revenue*1 increased by 27.0% to £275.1m 
(2021: £216.6m)
	
X EBITA*1,2 increased by 36.6% to £16.8m (2021: £12.3m)
	
X Profit before tax*1 increased by 40.5% to £15.6m 
(2021: £11.1m)
	
X Adjusted basic earnings per share*3 increased by 28.6% 
to 9.0p (2021: 7.0p)
	
X Net cash*4 (excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities) increased 
to £23.3m (2021: £16.4m)
	
X Order book*1 increased by 18.0% to £593.5m 
(2021: £502.9m)
Operational highlights 
	
X Internal efficiencies have improved EBITA margin*1 to 6.1% 
(2021: 5.7%)
	
X 99 contract wins valued at £247.0m (2021: £400.0m)
	
X Average contract length now six years (2021: five years)
	
X Over 90% of contracts in the gas businesses have 
price‑index linked clauses
	
X CorEnergy acquired in December 2021 for £7.6m 
performing ahead of management expectations, improving 
the Group’s credentials in renewables
	
X Good progress made on ESG as we deliver our targets 
and sustainability strategy 
	
X Board strengthened with the appointment of 
Peter Smith (CEO), Sameet Vohra (CFO) and 
Tania Songini (Non-Executive Director)
Strategic report
01	
2022 highlights
02	
Sureserve at a glance
04	
Chairman’s statement
07	
Market overview
10	
Chief Executive’s review
12	
Business model
14	
Our strategy
16	
Stakeholder engagement
20	
Key performance indicators
24	
Sustainability
34	
Non-financial and sustainability 
information statement 
37	
Operational review
42	
Financial review
45	
Principal risks and uncertainties
Corporate governance
48	
Board of Directors
51	
Chairman’s corporate governance report
57	
Board and Committee composition
58	
Nomination Committee report
59	
Audit Committee report
61	
Directors’ remuneration report
65	
Directors’ report
68	
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements
Financial statements
69	
Independent auditor’s report 
74	
Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
75	
Consolidated statement of 
financial position
76	
Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity
77	
Consolidated statement of cash flows
78	
Notes to the consolidated 
Financial Statements
101	
Company balance sheet
102	
Company statement of changes in equity
103	
Notes to the Company 
Financial Statements
108	
Corporate directory
	 Find more online at 
www.sureservegroup.co.uk 
	 Read the full Financial 
Review on page 42 
	 Read about our activities in the year and the full range 
of operational and energy-related performances 
across pages 37 to 41
Notes
*1	 From continuing operations. Continuing operations comprises the Social Housing Energy Services 
division and Central costs segment. Sureserve Fire and Electrical Limited and Precision Lift Services 
Limited have been classified as assets held for sale and are excluded from continuing operations.
*2	 EBITA is defined as Operating profit before impairment of goodwill, amortisation of acquisition-related 
intangibles and exceptional items.
*3	 Adjusted basic earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations excluding impairment of 
goodwill, amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles, exceptional items and their associated tax effect.
*4	 From continuing and discontinued operations. The cash from discontinued operations is presented 
within assets held for sale.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
01
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Sureserve at a glance
We have built a Group that is focused on delivering comprehensive 
and high quality services in sustainable markets.
Our key areas of focus
The Group in numbers
Services
Training
Sustainability
Our businesses serve customers in the social 
housing and energy service markets, along with 
a broad mix of customers in the public buildings 
and education markets.
Appropriate training for our people at all levels 
of the organisation is essential to keeping pace 
with industry developments and advancements 
in technology. The Sureserve Academy ensures 
our people are supported to excel in their 
chosen profession, prepare for the future, 
and realise their full potential. 
We go to great lengths to do business the right 
way, keeping our promises to our stakeholders, 
building positive relationships within our 
marketplace and minimising our impact 
on the environment.
Progress in 2022
	
X Heating measures fitted for social housing 
clients: 25,734
	
X Domestic energy efficiency measures fitted: 260,267
	
X Smart meters fitted: 253,102
	
X Air and Ground source heat pumps installed: 1,243
	
X Insulation measures fitted: 5,153
	
X Electric Vehicle charging points installed: 977
	
X Battery storage units fitted: 365
	
X Solar PV and Thermal measures fitted: 767
Progress in 2022
	
X Employees in courses of training: 27.9% of 
the workforce
	
X Employee recognition initiatives across the Group: 7
	
X Number of online training modules completed: 25,770
	
X Number of employees completing equality, diversity 
and inclusion training: 1,716
	
X New courses developed for businesses specific 
to their needs: 4
Progress in 2022
Our communities
	
X Delivering energy efficiency advice and guidance 
to over 260,000 households
	
X We have helped raise over £100,000 to help 
charities combat fuel poverty in UK households
Our people
	
X For the first time we have calculated an employee 
engagement score, which was 72.1% this year
	
X 94% employees being paid the real living wage
Our customers
	
X We have continued to work with our supply chain 
to ensure the highest standards in sustainable 
procurement, environmental protection and social 
value commitments
Our environment
	
X 11% of our fleet has transitioned to electric 
vehicles, saving 1,874kg in CO2 emissions
	
X 2,370 of our people have completed environmental 
training this year
	 Read about our renewable 
energy operations on pages 
40 and 41
	 Read about the 2022 Sureserve 
Academy Event and Awards on 
page 28
	 Read about how we deliver 
social value on long term 
contracts on page 26
Gas heating emergency 
call‑outs
360,749 
(2021: 250,178)
Number of domestic 
properties serviced 
in the year
555,677
(2021: 566,610)
Contract wins
£247.0m
(2021: £400.0m)
Total of heating systems 
installed that were 
renewable technology
5.3%
(2021: 3.5%)
Total FY22 revenue from 
continuing operations
£275.1m
(2021: £216.6m)
	 More detail on 
pages 22 and 23
Number of 
employees
2,673
(2021: 2,381)
Number of 
offices
31
(2021: 27)
02
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Strategic roadmap
Our investment case
1
Differentiated through our service 
offering in tightly regulated sectors
Our focus on quality differentiation and 
breadth of service attracts and retains 
core clients, positioning us for further 
growth in what is a fragmented and 
regional market.
2
Experienced leadership
Our management team has widespread 
and extensive experience in delivering 
successful results in our sector, and has 
developed a streamlined and effective 
organisational structure, strengthening 
our operations with an ongoing focus on 
operational efficiency and cost savings.
3
Strong market positions
We have leadership positions in 
non-volatile markets with recurring, 
predictable revenues, which in turn 
ensure long term sustainable growth. 
We are focused on delivering long term 
contracts with trusted clients.
4
Strong performance and 
operational excellence
Overall Group performance was very 
pleasing against a range of market 
challenges and demonstrates the 
resilience of the business model and the 
quality of services delivered by our people.
5
Growing geographical footprint
We have built a Group that is focused 
on delivering high quality services across 
the UK from regional offices using local 
workforces with continued expansion 
of our activities.
6
Strong brands and 
established reputation
For more than 30 years the Group has 
worked closely with clients, providing 
the services necessary for communities 
to thrive.
7
Sustainability
The services the Group delivers are 
directly linked to activities to mitigate and 
improve the national response to climate 
change. We also act to reduce our CO2 
footprint with a clear goal to become 
a net zero business by 2030.
Our vision is to be supplier of choice 
for social housing energy services.
Our strategy
 More on pages 14 and 15
 More on page 24
Our sustainability pillars
Our communities 
We place the 
communities in which 
we work at the heart 
of everything we do, 
and this means being 
involved beyond our 
immediate role as an 
energy and compliance 
services provider.
Our people 
We see it as our 
top priority to ensure 
the health, safety 
and well-being of our 
employees, ensuring 
they are able to 
participate fully in our 
activities and realise 
their full potential.
Our customers 
We continuously 
ensure that client 
focus is at the heart 
of everything we do, 
ensuring a reputation 
for excellence as a 
provider of compliance 
and energy services, 
and supporting our 
ability to deliver 
impact to our clients 
and customers.
Our environment 
We believe that every 
business should 
consider, manage 
and measure the way 
it uses and impacts 
upon the environment, 
and it’s a key part of 
our business strategy.
Our values
We aspire to deliver 
organic and acquired 
growth in all our 
operations
We do business 
the right way
We respect, value 
and recognise all 
those we work 
with and for
1. Continued organic growth
2. Greater market share in gas
3. Build renewables capability
4. Internal efficiencies
Continued organic growth across all of our 
businesses and their multiple revenue streams. 
To increase our market leading position in 
social housing gas through acquisitions. 
An acquisition led approach to developing our 
renewables capability so that we are at the forefront 
of the energy transition from gas to renewables.
Driving internal efficiencies to improve 
our profitability. 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
03
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Chairman’s statement
In FY22 we achieved a 36.6% increase in EBITA to 
£16.8m (FY21: £12.3m). Our focus, as always, is on 
adjusted basic earnings per share which improved to 
9.0p, 28.6% better than the previous year (FY21: 7.0p). 
We now have all the key staff who have performance 
responsibility, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer, and subsidiary Managing Directors, 
on earnings focused share options.
In last year’s Chairman’s Statement, I outlined our then 
new strategy which is to build upon our position as 
a leading heating, and heating maintenance provider 
to the social housing sector in the UK. We estimate 
that, with about 12% of the £1.3bn annual social housing 
gas market, we are already a leading provider. Our 
ambition is to double our sales and significantly improve 
our net margin and earnings per share within the next 
four years.
The four key deliverables for the Group outlined last 
year were:
	
X Bolt on acquisitions in the gas-heating space
	
X Continued organic growth from existing businesses
	
X Strategic acquisitions of renewable 
energy businesses
	
X Driving internal efficiencies to better our EBITA 
margin on sales
We have unambiguously achieved organic growth 
in revenues (from continuing operations). In FY22 
revenues increased by 27.0% compared with FY21.
Our internal efficiencies in continuing operations have 
improved EBITA margin to 6.1% (from 5.7% in FY21) 
despite the well reported inflationary pressures.
We remain committed to our stated acquisition 
strategy and have identified a number of opportunities 
that would potentially meet our strategic criteria. 
We are reviewing several of these opportunities and 
are positive on the outlook for progress in this area. 
As we have previously stated, we intend to sell our 
two businesses held for disposal.
Your Board was strengthened in FY22 by the 
appointments of Peter Smith (CEO), Sameet Vohra 
(CFO), and Tania Songini (Non-Executive Director) who 
has considerable experience of renewable energy. I am 
grateful to all of my fellow Directors, whose judgement 
and insight has proved invaluable to the Group.
Nick Winks
Non-Executive Chairman
23 January 2023
Nick Winks
Non-Executive 
Chairman
Focused on the 
future of energy
“Our ambition is 
to double our sales 
and significantly 
improve our net 
margin and earnings 
per share within the 
next four years.”
04
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Expanding our 
capabilities
The growth of the Group, both organically and through acquisition, remains a key part of our 
ongoing strategy, allowing us to keep pace with developing markets and remain prepared as 
new opportunities emerge.
The built environment in which our communities and businesses exist is a central focus for 
Government efforts to tackle the cost of living and energy crisis within the UK. Through 
energy efficiency improvements available to buildings, the long term goal of warm, insulated 
homes heated with low carbon technologies, reduced energy bills and lower carbon 
emissions means a better state of health and well-being for those communities. 
Those low carbon technologies, such as air and ground source heat pumps and solar PV, are 
experiencing ever greater attention from clients looking to deliver on net zero commitments, 
and which in turn value the knowledge and expertise of a long term renewables partner.
The investment in our growth strategy has focused greatly on our position as a business 
at the forefront of the energy transition, welcoming CorEnergy, a market leading renewables 
specialist, to the Group in December 2021, putting 84 of our people through training in 
renewable technologies, recruiting 11 new people with renewables and environmental 
expertise and welcoming a new Non-Executive Director with a strong renewables background.
Number of heating 
systems installed
25,734
(2021: 23,527)
Renewable 
technologies installed
2,012
(2021: 1,108)
of which 
were boilers
94.7%
(2021: 96.5%)
Energy efficiency 
measures installed
260,267
(2021: 243,063)
of which were 
renewables
5.3%
(2021: 3.5%)
Smart meters 
installed
253,102
(2021: 236,035)
AT THE FOREFRONT OF 
THE ENERGY TRANSITION
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
05
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

In the year CorEnergy delivered solar car 
port installations to York St John University, 
part of a wide-scale decarbonisation project 
it is undertaking across its campus which 
includes solar PV panels, battery storage and 
air source heat pumps (‘ASHPs’), all helping 
the University towards its 2030 target of an 
80% reduction in emissions over 25 years.
The low carbon measures led to York St John 
being named joint first for carbon reduction by 
People & Planet, the largest student network 
in the UK campaigning for social and 
environmental justice.
An exciting addition to CorEnergy’s renewable 
energy delivery for Gloucestershire Health and 
Care NHS Foundation Trust was a pledge to 
improve biodiversity at Charlton Lane Hospital 
in Cheltenham.
This included donating a number of trees 
and shrubs and organising a planting day for 
patients, hospital staff and colleagues to all 
get involved. Tom Griffin and Sean Breen were 
on site to lend a hand and enjoy a rewarding 
morning with fellow nature enthusiasts.
Employees receiving training 
in renewables in the year:
84
Carbon savings through 
sustainable office improvements: 
34,252kg CO2
In December 2021 CorEnergy joined the Group and enhanced our 
renewable energy provision across the UK. CorEnergy operates as 
both a consultant and principal contractor for public and private sector 
organisations, designing and installing high quality decarbonisation 
solutions incorporating renewable energy generation, renewable 
heating and energy reduction, improving efficiency and saving 
carbon within complex environments. Its services cover all phases 
of sustainability projects, from initial concept, feasibility and design 
to installation, commissioning and lifetime aftercare support.
One of the business’ notable wins in the year, in conjunction with 
another Group business, was the successful completion of a £5.4m 
contract with the Defence Infrastructure Organisation to supply 
the UK Ministry of Defence with solar PV. This is the first time the 
Group has delivered work for the MOD and reinforces the reputation 
CorEnergy has established within the renewables industry for being 
a trusted and reliable partner providing high quality services in 
complex environments.
“The Army is committed to the 
roll‑out of solar PV across the 
estate to reduce energy bills and 
support its sustainability strategy. 
This successful procurement of 
solar PV is an important part of our 
investment in sustainable initiatives 
that will help to achieve our ambition 
to be carbon net zero by 2050.” 
Brigadier Richard Brown, Ministry of Defence
AT THE FOREFRONT OF 
THE ENERGY TRANSITION
06
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Under our streamlined and focused operational 
structure, our businesses serve predominantly 
public sector clients in the social housing market.
Social housing
We have a wealth of experience, delivered over many years, 
providing services to social housing clients, working with their 
residents and improving their communities.
Market drivers
	
X Mandatory building compliance driven by regulation or legislation
	
X UK Government commitment to achieve net zero emissions by 2050
	
X Continued demand for social housing due to increasing unaffordability 
of private housing
Working in tightly regulated markets, we help our clients to meet their 
legal and regulatory obligations. Gas compliance services are usually 
mandatory and driven by regulation or legislation. This creates predictable 
demand for these services, which allows us to plan and invest.
Opportunities
Social housing stock has been reduced in recent years due to various 
factors without replenishment through new development, meaning there 
is a shortage of available housing against demand. Alongside this the 
requirements of ageing housing stock with regard to health and safety 
regulatory standards and improved energy efficiency add up to long term 
investment from social housing landlords. We also provide energy efficiency 
and renewables solutions to clients making the transition away from 
fossil fuels.
Market developments
Wave 2.1 of the Social Housing Decarbonisation Fund (‘SHDF’) to 
support the installation of energy performance measures in social homes 
in England opened in late 2022, with the Department for Business, 
Energy and Industrial Strategy (‘BEIS’) committing £800m to this second 
wave. The increase, from around £179m available in wave one, reflects a 
need for scale and urgency in social housing retrofit, which will contribute 
towards meeting the Government’s net zero and fuel poverty objectives. 
Taking into account subsequent funding waves the SHDF is set to be 
worth £3.8bn over 10 years.
Outlook
Against a backdrop of a cost-of-living, energy and climate crises, demand 
for social housing continues to grow. With a Government requirement to 
address these crises in the long term, we expect client demand for our 
services to continue growing. Such demand is largely driven by regulation 
and legislation. Our strong position in both the building safety and energy 
services sectors presents us with significant growth opportunities across 
a range of adjacent services and geographic markets.
We believe we have a sizeable and growing market share within an 
extremely fragmented but growing sector, and that our scale and national 
reach provide a strong base for further growth and effective client delivery.
Energy
We work within the energy market delivering vital services to 
social housing clients, energy companies, businesses, landlords 
and homeowners.
Market drivers
	
X Government and local authority commitment to decarbonisation targets
	
X Fuel poverty in the UK a focus for Governments
	
X Energy providers remain obliged to fund energy efficiency and heating 
measures under the Government’s Energy Company Obligation 
(‘ECO’) policy
	
X The national smart meter roll-out to install 53m meters in homes 
and small businesses across Great Britain by the end of 2025
Opportunities
Global climate change, Government targets and incentives that encourage 
investment in renewable energy and declining renewable energy project 
costs are key opportunities towards decarbonised systems, with further 
opportunities in solar PV systems used in combination with battery energy 
storage, fundamentally changing the energy system.
Market developments
Energy providers remain obliged to fund energy efficiency and heating 
measures under the Government’s ECO policy. The Government’s Public 
Sector Decarbonisation Scheme (‘PSDS’) delivered two application 
windows for Phase 3 grant funding in the year, which will provide 
£1.425bn over the financial years 2022–23 to 2024–25 to reduce 
emissions from public sector buildings by 75% by 2037. 
A number of other key funding schemes exist including the Domestic 
Renewables Heat Incentive (‘RHI’) and the Green Homes Grant. The 
Government and local authorities across the UK are committed to carbon 
emissions saving targets, which we help to deliver for them through our 
work for utility companies.
Outlook
The Group has a wealth of experience in the area of accessing renewables 
and energy efficiency funding. We are also on national and regional 
programmes with the Scottish Government’s flagship HEEPS2 programme.
The smart meter roll-out was originally due to be completed in 2020; this 
has now been extended to late-2025, which we believe is a positive for our 
Group as we form part of the UK’s plans for a net zero future and provide 
the means to exchange approximately 30m meters in that time. We are 
confident in the future of our markets, as demand is there and funding 
is in place.
Opportunities in healthy markets
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
07
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Peter Smith, Chief Executive Officer, and 
Sameet Vohra, Chief Financial Officer
Peter Smith
Chief Executive 
Officer
Sameet Vohra
Chief Financial 
Officer
Leadership Q&A
Q: Training and development is a key focus in 
your growth strategy. How does the Sureserve 
Academy deliver such a broad training 
requirement across the nine businesses?
A: (PS) Central to any employee training is that our 
people at all levels of the business, know that professional 
development is a main driver for our success. It is actively 
a part of our culture, and events such as the Sureserve 
Academy event and Awards this year demonstrate our 
training commitment to those with a desire to progress. 
Developing the technology, partnerships, systems and 
content necessary to deliver that training only has an 
impact if our people invest fully in the long term benefits 
of training.
Q: As a business well embedded in the 
renewables and energy efficiency markets, what 
opportunities lie ahead for both the Group and 
your clients in the area of decarbonisation?
A: (SV) When it comes to tackling climate change 
and working towards Net Zero, there isn’t an area of 
Government, business or industry not involved in the 
response. As an energy services business we are 
already changing and developing our activities to best 
serve our clients, and that will continue to be the case 
well into the future. As a business firmly in the centre 
of a wide-scale transition to renewables, we’re focused 
on having the right people with the right skills able to 
recognise and respond to the opportunities and 
challenges of the future.
Q: The acquisitions of Vinshire and CorEnergy 
led quickly to successful integration within 
the business. Can you talk about the type of 
businesses you’re currently looking at to deliver 
this continued acquisitional growth? 
A: (PS) We have continued to review acquisition 
opportunities to expand our footprint in gas heating 
and maintenance, as well as our capabilities in renewable 
technologies, especially within the Social Housing 
sector. This is an important part of our growth strategy 
and we feel positive we will find a business with an 
optimal value to us when the time is right.
Q: With a focus on long term contracts, where do 
the business’ strengths lie in your relationships 
with clients?
A: (SV) Very simply put, our clients trust us as a 
long term partner and that confidence has been borne 
out time and time again. The past couple of years were 
challenging to businesses across all sectors, but our 
attention to our clients’ requirements and the continued 
successful delivery of contracts make all the difference. 
We’re a partner in a very true sense, and we continue 
to keep the quality of our relationships in keen focus.
Q: This year is the first the business has used 
an employee engagement score. Are there 
any predominant themes you’ve noticed from 
the results?
A: (PS) We were very encouraged by a survey response 
rate of 54% across the Group. Considering the high 
number of mobile workers in our businesses, this 
accounted for a good number of our people, though we 
will expect a higher response rate in 2023. The highest 
performing theme was Responsibility, which let us know 
our people are aware of, and have responded well to the 
Group’s ESG activities. We were still short of our 2030 
target of 80%, but not by much, and we have already 
begun work on measures to improve this. The lowest 
scoring theme we saw was Progression, and we have 
acted quickly to deliver a number of improvements based 
around our appraisal processes, ensuring there is much 
closer communication and involvement from line-managers 
in individual career paths.
Q. Sam, as a member of the E,D&I steering 
group, what are the Group’s immediate priorities 
regarding your employees?
A: (SV) We want to make sure we are doing everything 
we can to help our people feel healthy and fulfilled at 
work, and that extends to our clients and customers too, 
so a culture of inclusion is essential. We know that we 
can only demonstrate our values if they’re visible at the 
top, so bringing in more diversity into our senior leadership 
team has been a big priority, one which we’re delivering 
on. Understanding where we are is also vital, and we’re 
currently creating our second E,D&I report using data 
from the Government’s 2021 census to set a benchmark 
against which to measure ourselves. Two other significant 
priorities at the moment are ensuring inclusive recruitment 
and hiring practices are in place, and that our people have 
the social and cultural resources to help them have a 
hand in creating inclusive workplaces.
Q: What is your vision for the business in five 
years’ time?
A: (PS) We want to be supplier of choice for Social 
Housing energy services in the UK, and I believe 
that that is where we will be. As we contribute to the 
Government realising its 2050 Net Zero target, we are 
also on a journey to become a better, more sustainable 
business, one which is an exciting and rewarding place 
for an ambitious and diverse workforce that is truly 
reflective of the communities we serve. I look forward to 
delivering that vision and to all the exciting developments 
that lie ahead of us!
08
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Working with Housing Associations 
like Wandle to deliver long term benefits 
to our communities. 
K&T Heating has worked with Wandle Housing Association since 1992, delivering 
gas services to more than 6,000 homes throughout London and the South East.
The work comprises the installation of gas boilers, radiators, water heaters 
and fires for residents, including the provision of essential annual gas safety 
inspections. The reason for the long term partnership with this, and many 
other clients, reaches beyond excellent KPI scores, operational excellence and 
cost-effective solutions, and helps us provide a wider impact to the communities 
we work in, beyond the services we deliver.
K&T has developed a strong partnership with the Wandle management team and 
their customers. working with the Executive team and resident panel representatives 
to help shape the contract and how it is delivered. Engagement with Wandle’s 
Customer Excellence Panel ensure all aspects of the delivery of the contract is 
aligned with Wandle’s values and corporate strategy.
Providing a service that’s never far away
With the operational coverage provided by K&T Heating across 
London and the South East, clients such as Wandle benefit 
from the geographic efficiencies of always having operational 
response close at hand. This results in minimal downtime due to 
shorter travel distances between properties and a comprehensive 
range of skilled trades to draw on during emergencies. In addition 
to this, as part of a larger group of companies, we have access 
to a much wider body of qualified operatives who are able to 
assist when needed.
Recruiting fairly and locally 
As well as a focus on the recruitment of people in the 
local area, we take measures to understand those that are 
under-represented and encourage positive action to ensure 
equal opportunities for all. Our recruitment teams undertake 
compulsory classroom-based training along with online learning 
via the Sureserve Academy to make sure issues such as conscious 
and unconscious bias for example are understood. We then 
work with the client to agree how positive action and targeted 
recruitment can be used to increase diversity.
Ensuring communication is effective 
Working across nine London Boroughs, the communities we 
work in are home to a diverse range of cultures, languages and 
customs, and we take measures to make sure residents feel safe, 
supported and understood. 64.5% of K&T’s workforce working 
in residents’ homes identify as non-White British, representing 
a wide range of ethnicities, experiences and abilities, and able to 
engage and connect with residents with specific needs. When 
we aren’t able to find someone from our workforce to assist with 
a specific requirement, we will actively recruit someone with the 
right experience and skills to provide a solution. 
AT THE FOREFRONT OF 
THE ENERGY TRANSITION
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
09

Chief Executive’s review
Trading has been strong throughout the year, with the 
Group achieving revenues of £275.1m and EBITA of 
£16.8m from continuing operations. Our cash position 
increased to £23.3m from £16.4m in FY21. Whilst the 
global economy has been impacted by a number of 
challenges, not least war in Ukraine, the ongoing energy 
price increases and domestic inflation, the services we 
offer remain of critical importance to our clients and are 
predominantly driven by non-discretionary, regulatory 
standards. There have been challenges with the 
availability of some components, but we continue to 
adapt and find solutions. Our clients have also been 
supportive and understanding, showing a good deal 
of flexibility where required. I would like to thank both 
our suppliers and our clients for the collaborative 
approach they continue to demonstrate. 
Our year-end order book of £593.5m is a tremendous 
asset. To have such clear line of sight to future revenues 
is a real strength of the Group. A large number of 
contracts in our gas businesses are price-index linked, 
providing a level of inflation protection. The recent shift 
towards longer term contracts, some over seven years, 
has helped our forward visibility and we continue to 
benefit from high ongoing appointment and retention 
levels. Our average contract length is now six years, with 
several long term contract wins and extensions noted 
elsewhere in this report. Having this client commitment 
enables us to plan and resource accordingly. Contract 
wins of £247.0m in FY22 reinforces our confidence in 
the Group’s ongoing and future success.
The past year has seen changes to the Executive team. 
With my elevation to the Chief Executive Officer role, 
a thorough search began for my successor to the Chief 
Financial Officer role. Sam Vohra joined the Group 
in December 2021, initially on an interim basis, but 
it rapidly became clear that he would make an excellent 
permanent Chief Financial Officer and I was delighted 
when he secured the role in April 2022. He brings a 
fresh perspective as well as considerable experience.
In 2021 we identified Social Housing Energy Services 
as our core market and stated our ambition to be the 
UK’s leading social housing energy services provider. 
That strategy encompasses both strong organic growth 
and acquisitions to increase our existing presence 
in gas heating and find companies in the longer term 
renewables sector, which will leave us well placed as 
the UK’s energy system transitions, alongside improving 
our internal efficiencies.
The acquisition of CorEnergy in December 2021 
has been a real success performing better than our 
expectations and has integrated well into the Sureserve 
Group. CorEnergy provides us with skills and knowledge 
of the renewables market, which will be essential to 
enable us to grow the business and focus on the UK’s 
energy transition. Its team has doubled in size in the 
past year, has moved to new larger premises and its 
pipeline of opportunities is considerable. CorEnergy 
provides a good example of the type of renewables 
acquisitions we are seeking.
We continue to review a number of acquisition 
opportunities and are positive on the outlook for 2023. 
As previously stated, we have two businesses which 
do not fit our renewed strategy and we continue to 
search for buyers.
Peter Smith
Chief Executive 
Officer
Record results 
for the fourth 
year running
A good performance in FY22 with a strong 
order book and continued underlying growth.
10
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Eight-year contract win with L&Q worth £68m
K&T Heating successfully retained a long term Gas Servicing, Repair and Installation 
Contract with L&Q this year, expecting to generate sales revenue of £68m over the 
entirety of the contract term. The eight-year, long term contract began on 1 May 2022 
and continues the Group’s long standing relationship with L&Q, a social housing 
provider who own and manage more than 95,000 homes across London and the 
South East.
2022
2021	
£502.9m
£593.5m
2020	
£328.9m
2022
2021	
5.4 years
5.6 years
2020	
4.8 years
2022
2021	
£400.0m
2020	
£202.8m
Orderbook from continuing operations
Weighted average contract length
Contract wins
ESG remains central to the work we do. I attended our 
Sureserve Academy Awards in May 2022 at Old Trafford 
where prizes were awarded across each of the subsidiary 
businesses. I would like to give my special congratulations 
to Lexie Smith, of Providor, who won the overall award. 
We undertook an Employee Engagement Survey in 
May 2022, our first since November 2020. The results 
were encouraging and helped to identify areas where 
we can improve which we are focused on. I am 
particularly proud of Sureserve achieving the Armed 
Forces Covenant Silver Award for our commitment to 
employing and supporting ex-services personnel in the 
business. Additionally, we were delighted to announce 
our three-year sponsorship of the Young Persons Trust 
for the Environment Better Planet Schools programme. 
As we announced last year, we are committed to 
transitioning our fleet of vans and cars from diesel to 
electric. The worldwide shortage of key components 
has made this more challenging than anticipated and 
caused delays. However, at the end of September 
2022, 11% of our fleet was electric up from 3% in 
September 2021.
The Sureserve Foundation held its second fund raising 
dinner in November 2022. The Foundation seeks to 
reduce the burden of fuel poverty in the UK, by raising 
charitable donations. I am delighted to report that this 
event raised in excess of £60,000 towards this most 
worthwhile of causes.
The strength of Sureserve comes from the commitment, 
passion and skills of those whom we employ and, as 
always, I want to thank all our staff for all they do. Their 
dedication to our clients, suppliers and colleagues is 
key to our ongoing success.
Peter Smith
Chief Executive Officer
23 January 2023
Lexie Smith, Stock Control Coordinator at Providor, being presented 
the overall winner prize at the Sureserve Academy Awards for training 
excellence in May 2022. Lexie was one of over 120 trainees at the event, 
all benefiting from a range of training programmes delivered in the year.
£247.0m
“CorEnergy provides 
us with skills and 
knowledge of the 
renewables market, 
which will be 
essential to enable 
us to grow the 
business and focus 
on the UK’s energy 
transition. Its team 
has doubled in size 
in the past year, 
it has moved to 
new larger premises 
and its pipeline 
of opportunities 
is considerable.”
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
11
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Business model
How we work 
Our long term approach is reflected in the strength and depth of our relationships, based on the 
quality of our work with our clients, their customers, our communities, our financial partners, our 
employees, our shareholders and our suppliers.
With highly experienced management and an exceptionally skilled workforce, we look to build 
our business in regulated markets where revenues are predictable.
A business model for the long term
Predictable and recurring revenue streams
Compliance services generate steady revenue streams; as such, services 
are frequently mandatory for many of our clients and driven by regulation. 
Local authorities and social housing landlords have an obligation to maintain 
housing stock and public buildings to applicable safety standards and this, 
in turn, has led to the growth and development of the gas, air and water 
safety industry from which our businesses continue to benefit.
Relevant industry accreditations and certifications
Our businesses across the Group hold relevant industry accreditations 
and certifications which are either a statutory requirement for tendering 
for, or carrying out, work or may be helpful in securing new contracts. 
These include: ISO 9001, 14001, 45001 and 50001, Gas-Safe, BAFE, 
EXOR, CHAS, Safe Contractor, NICEIC and Green Deal.
Careful project selection
We carefully select projects on the basis of the value we can generate 
through undertaking them, for ourselves, our shareholders, our clients, 
their customers and other stakeholders. Our strong customer relationships 
and market intelligence are critical, as is the proper assessment of risks, 
returns, strategic fit and our ability to deliver against client expectations.
Helping Governments realise their commitments
We support the Scottish Government in the delivery of national fuel 
poverty and energy efficiency schemes. We help to enhance the quality 
of life of those in need and improve the energy efficiency of properties, 
making a difference to them financially and to a wider overall consumption 
as we work towards Government net zero carbon targets. 
ESG
How we work is underpinned by our commitment to measuring our social value impact and delivering on the future targets we set. Our activities and 
performance are set across four sustainability pillars:
	 You can read more on our 
ESG pillars, intentions and 
performance on page 24
Our communities
Our people
Our customers
Our environment
12
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Target outcomes
Our clients
We deliver high quality services with great 
efficiency, enabling our clients to meet their 
legal, regulatory and environmental obligations.
Our clients’ customers
We provide safe, warm and well-maintained 
homes and buildings that improve their quality 
of life.
The environment
Through both contract delivery and Group-wide 
carbon reduction strategies, year to year 
we reduce our, and our clients’, impact on 
the environment.
Communities
We deliver increased employment opportunities, 
skills and better infrastructure and provide 
leadership for community initiatives. We work 
with industry partners to create opportunities 
to lessen the effects of fuel poverty in the 
communities we work in.
Financial partners
Our responsible business management reflects 
our deep understanding of risk versus returns.
People
We offer interesting, challenging careers in 
a well‑managed and growing business that 
provides the opportunity for development 
and progression. We create and cultivate an 
environment that ensures inclusion at all levels, 
celebrates diversity and allows each and every 
one of our people to participate fully and realise 
their potential.
Shareholders
We operate in non-volatile trading environments 
with predictable recurring cash flows that should 
deliver growing revenues and profits.
Our suppliers
We provide opportunities for national and local 
suppliers to grow their business by developing 
strong relationships with an expanding group.
Value we create
Sustainable growth
With a broad service offering and extensive 
geographic coverage, we seek to grow 
organically and through focused and target led 
acquisition. We continue to invest in our bid 
teams, our technology and our training and 
development provision. We have acquired 
businesses that reinforce our ability to grow by 
improving our service offering, customer base, 
geographic footprint or opportunities for entering 
new markets. We only make acquisitions when 
we can clearly improve the business.
Number of employees
2,673
22
21	
2,381
2,673
20	
2,162
Enhanced reputation
It is important to us that our clients, their 
customers and the communities where we work 
regard us in a positive light, recognising us for 
the quality of our work, our consideration as a 
contractor, our status as an employer and our 
role in promoting sustainable practices.
Customer excellence
94.0%
22
21	
83.8%
94.0%
20	
95.8%
Client relationships
We aim to build ever better and deeper 
relationships with our clients, leading to contract 
renewals and extensions and a continuous flow 
of attractive tender opportunities.
Average value for long term 
maintenance contracts
£5.4m
22
21	
£5.5m
£5.4m
20	
£4.0m
£23.3m
year-end net cash 
(2021: net cash of £16.4m)
	 Read about 
how and why we 
engage with our 
stakeholders on 
pages 16 to 19
27.9%
group employees in 
courses of training 
(2021: 13.6%)
326,585 
households receiving 
energy efficiency advice 
and guidance in the year 
(2021: 172,405)
72.1%
group-wide employee 
engagement score 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
13
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Our strategy
Continued organic growth
Why is this a priority?
Continued organic growth will allow the Group to develop the 
business in line with our vision and values, manage risk and 
performance and capitalise on opportunities in order to realise 
our goals.
Progress in 2022
	
X Revenues from our continuing businesses increased by 27.0% this year
	
X This year saw us win £247.0 in new sales including significant wins 
of £68.0m with L&Q, another for £30.0m with Longhurst Group and 
a contract with Metropolitan Housing for £20.0m
	
X Our Order Book now stands at £593.5m, which further strengthens 
our long term regular recurring revenues
	
X Our average contract length has increased from 5.4 to 5.6 as clients 
continue to partner with us for their long term success
Greater market share in gas 
Why is this a priority?
We estimate that the social housing gas market in the UK is worth 
c.£1.3bn per annum. Sureserve have some 12% of this market, 
which we believe to be market leading. That provides ample 
opportunity to grow in a sector where we are vastly experienced 
and our stable, revenue generating businesses, have thrived.
Progress in 2022
	
X We have delivered 15% organic revenue growth in our gas businesses 
in the past year
	
X We are yet to make an acquisition in gas, but continue to explore 
a number of potential targets
	
X 360,749 emergency gas call-outs in the year (2021: 250,178)
Strategic enablers
Sustainable margin 
Ambition
	
X To achieve our ambitious growth plans, we need to identify 
opportunities to improve our margin at both a business entity and 
Group level
Benefits
	
X Sustainable margin will enable us to invest in data capability
	
X Sustainable margin will enable us to invest in renewables expertise
How we achieve this
We have identified four levers, namely pricing, operational efficiency, 
strategic procurement and incentivisation structure. For each of these 
levers we have identified and continue to look for further opportunities 
for improvement.
Management data and insight
Ambition
	
X We need to define future data needs and implement an effective 
programme to gather, aggregate and leverage this data for 
competitive advantage
Benefits
	
X Better management data will drive improved productivity and margin
	
X Better customer and energy data will drive our renewables capability 
and solutions
How we achieve this
	
X We have identified a third party supplier to help us with this. 
They will bring an independent view to the challenge
	
X We have identified key people within each of our businesses 
to lead this
	 More detail on pages 37 to 41
	 More detail on pages 37 to 41
In January 2022 we announced our strategy to be the leading 
provider of Social Housing Energy Services. We set ourselves an 
ambition to double our revenues over a five-year period. We stated 
that this growth would come through a combination of organic 
growth and acquisitions.
A clear focus with the right foundations to drive growth
14
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Build renewables capability
Why is this a priority?
It is important to recognise the ongoing energy transition from 
gas to renewables and ensure that we have an appropriate 
portfolio of renewables technologies in place for our clients, 
both existing and future.
Progress in 2022
	
X We enhanced our Renewable capability with the acquisition of 
CorEnergy in December 2021. CorEnergy are now fully integrated 
with the rest of the Group and working well with our other businesses, 
including the recent £5.4m project win with the Ministry of Defence 
through Aaron Services’ framework
	
X In March 2022 we completed the upgrade of Halton Stadium, replacing 
three gas fired boilers and four gas fired water heaters with 14 state of 
the art Air Source heat Pumps (‘ASHPs’), saving of 136,561 KgCO2e 
p/a for the stadium, and supporting the Council’s carbon reduction 
plans of decarbonising and producing heat through electrification
	
X In addition to a further 1,000 heating systems fitted this year compared to 
FY21, we also saw a 1.5% increase in renewable heating systems being 
fitted. The transition to renewables is slow, but progressing nonetheless 
and there are ever increasing conversations being had with a number 
of clients and we will move forward with a partnership approach
Internal efficiencies
Why is this a priority?
Our margins reflect the Group’s overall profitability, and in 
conjunction with organic and acquisition-based growth, by 
improving our margins we can ensure we realise our goals.

Progress in 2022
	
X Despite revenue growth, both gross and EBITA margins have remained 
largely flat
	
X The inflationary backdrop to the second half of 2022 has presented 
some challenges to Sureserve, just as it has to all of our competitors 
and the wider industry. However, our strong market position and 
relationship with our suppliers has allowed us to successfully navigate 
this period. The vast majority of our client contracts include some sort 
of annual price protection too
	
X However it is important that we maintain our focus in this area and 
our working on a number of initiatives to improve our efficiency
Renewables expertise
Ambition
	
X We need to focus on building our credibility in this space and apply 
this expertise to our social housing clients
Benefits
	
X Renewables capability will support improved margin
	
X Acquisition of renewables capabilities will improve our insight and 
data advantage
How we achieve this
	
X We will hold our first Renewables Conference in March 2023
	
X We will increase our publicity around the various case studies we 
already have in renewables 
	
X We will accelerate our stakeholder engagement with relevant parties 
	
X We will continue to look for acquisition opportunities in renewables 
to increase our expertise and diversify our product portfolio
	 More detail on pages 37 to 41
	 More detail on pages 42 to 44
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
15
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Stakeholder engagement
It is vital to our success that we build and 
maintain a strong reputation as a responsible 
business and trusted partner to all our 
stakeholders. Our stakeholders help to shape 
our strategy, and understanding our engagement 
with these groups ensures we are able to 
continue to do business the right way, keeping 
our promises, building positive relationships 
within our marketplace, and minimising our 
impact on the environment.
Our clients
We deliver high quality services with great efficiency, enabling 
our clients to meet their legal, regulatory and environmental 
obligations.
Why we engage:
Strong client relationships through exceptional contract delivery are 
essential for the Group’s financial stability, continued growth and long term 
strategy. Our reputation as a service provider of choice is also important in 
developing new opportunities. 
How we engage:
	
X Ongoing management of client relationships by senior leadership
	
X Press releases
	
X Website and social media
	
X Collaborative awards submissions
	
X Meetings and briefings
	
X Charitable support via the Sureserve Foundation
	
X Local community support projects in collaboration with clients
Areas of influence:
	
X Customer satisfaction is an important driver in determining the quality 
of experience for our clients and their customers
	
X Our operational and financial performance, along with the brand 
reputation, are all indicators to new and existing clients as to how 
the Group operates and can determine perceptions of the Group
	
X Strong working relationships and effective leadership underpin aspects 
of trust and confidence especially during challenging periods of 
contract delivery
	
X The quality of our people across the Group, and their access to training 
and support as well as the necessary resources and equipment to fulfil 
their role, is ultimately responsible for the successful delivery of our 
contracts and influences our clients’ experience
	
X We can help our clients understand, plan for and realise their carbon 
reduction targets
	
X Our delivery of social value during the lifetime of a project is 
increasingly creating added value in our relationships with those clients
Outcomes in 2021/22:
	
X We have been awarded a number of substantial contracts in the year, 
both new contracts and retentions of existing contracts with long 
term clients
	
X We have developed strong working relationships with clients and 
charitable partners to identify and deliver social impact in the 
communities we work in, specifically focusing on measures to 
combat fuel poverty 
Section 172
Recognising and understanding our 
stakeholders enables the Group’s 
Directors to satisfy their duties under 
section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, 
and to take into consideration the 
interests of stakeholders and other 
matters in their decision making. When 
determining what is most likely to promote 
the success of the Group and 
its members, the Directors consider the 
potential impact on these stakeholder 
groups, communities, the environment 
and the Group’s reputation. 
Keeping stakeholders informed
Read more about our clients on pages:
  07–13
  24–25
  30–32
  37–41
16
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Communities
We are determined to play our part in making our communities 
sustainable places to live and work, and we embrace making a 
positive difference and aim to leave behind a strong, lasting legacy.
Why we engage:
The communities in which we work are also our communities, and the 
Group is committed to building positive relationships and helping support 
them at a local level, creating opportunities for work and development, 
combating fuel poverty and working with local organisations to raise 
awareness and funds.
How we engage:
	
X Website and social media
	
X Sureserve Foundation
	
X Sureserve Academy
	
X Social value incorporated into contract delivery
	
X Local community support projects in collaboration with clients
	
X School and university information events
Areas of influence:
	
X Fuel poverty is experienced by a large number of households across 
the UK and the variety of economic challenges during the past two 
years have worsened the situation for many. Work undertaken by the 
Group, our people independently volunteering and the Sureserve 
Foundation can all have a direct effect on community health and 
well-being in this regard 
	
X Environmental considerations in the delivery of projects as well as in the 
Group’s overarching activities have a direct, profound and long-lasting 
effect on communities across the UK 
	
X The delivery of social value projects during the delivery of contracts 
benefits a variety of groups in the communities we work within, 
improving health and cohesion of the community, and offering 
employment opportunities to a local pool of job seekers
Outcomes in 2021/22:
	
X The Board have continued developing ESG targets for the Group and 
monitoring progress accordingly
	
X The Group has continued its transition to a zero emissions fleet in 
replacing petrol or diesel commercial vehicles with electric vehicle 
equivalents, thus improving the quality of the environments within 
which we work
	
X Many of our people have volunteered this year in support of local, 
community focused causes, with many seeking and receiving financial 
or logistical support from their businesses
	
X The Directors have continued to highlight and encourage a range of 
fundraising and volunteering work across the Group during the year
	
X The Group has expanded its volunteering programme to support 
our people in identifying and delivering volunteering work in 
our communities
Our clients’ customers
We provide safe, warm and well-maintained homes and buildings 
that improve quality of life of residents, employees and business 
owners across the UK.
Why we engage:
It is essential the Group delivers operational excellence and exceptional 
customer service to our clients’ customers, thus ensuring their well-being, 
health, safety and peace of mind. 
How we engage:
	
X Customer Journey programmes
	
X Sureserve Foundation
	
X Website and social media
	
X Community events
	
X Customer service
	
X Community assistance projects
	
X Social value incorporated into contract delivery
Areas of influence:
	
X Brand recognition and reputation are important in the delivery of our 
contracts, and trust and confidence in our services in turn positively 
affect our community focused opportunities in the scope of works 
	
X Residents, home owners, businesses and public bodies benefit from 
the measures we install and maintain through reduced fuel poverty, 
improved safety and well-being, and increased community cohesion 
through improvements to homes and places of work
Outcomes in 2021/22:
	
X The Group has this year recorded a Group-wide customer excellence 
KPI of 94% 
	
X The Group, with the help of the Sureserve Foundation, has delivered 
energy efficiency measures, and advice and guidance to 326,585 
households during the year
	
X The benefits delivered through our contracts have helped households 
across the UK reduce fuel and energy consumption and impacted 
carbon emissions, as well as ensuring safe systems and their users’ 
health and well-being
	
X Businesses across the Group engaged with clients to identify and 
deliver assistance to residents within many of the Group’s projects
Read more about our clients’ customers on pages: 
  05–09
  12–13
  22
  24
  29–32
  37–41
Read more about our communities on pages: 
  02–05	
  12–13	
  37–41
  07–09	
  24–32
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
17
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Stakeholder engagement continued
Financial partners
Our responsible business management reflects our deep 
understanding of risk versus returns.
Why we engage:
We rely on the continued support of our financial partners to ensure we 
have the necessary funds to trade on a day to day basis and pursue the 
Group’s growth strategy. 
How we engage:
	
X Ongoing management of client relationships by senior leadership
	
X Annual Report and Accounts
	
X Annual General Meeting
	
X Investors section of the Group website
	
X Results presentations
Areas of influence:
	
X The Group’s financial performance, governance and transparency in its 
activities influence the ongoing relationship with its financial partners
Outcomes in 2021/22:
	
X We maintain excellent relationships with our banking partners, 
maintaining regular dialogue on matters pertaining to trading and risk 
in the Group
	
X We maintain a strict internal review process on covenant compliance to 
ensure we remain in line with the requirements of our banking documents 
Our people
We make sure that Sureserve is an enjoyable and motivating 
place to work and we work hard to engage with our employees; 
listen and learn from the opinions and insight that they provide; 
and help them to progress their careers in line with our business 
goals. Our investment in training and development incorporates 
all types of professional skills, and our employees are actively 
encouraged to propose their own ideas for personal development.
Why we engage:
The Directors recognise that the Group’s employees are fundamental to 
the success of the business and, as such, are committed to ensuring the 
alignment of the Group’s culture and strategy. The future of the Group 
depends on attracting, retaining and motivating our people, ensuring we 
remain a responsible employer, in terms of pay, benefits and well-being, 
and ensuring a safe and diverse workplace.
Read more about our financial partners on pages: 
  12–13
  55
How we engage:
	
X Sureserve Academy
	
X Sureserve Apprenticeship programme
	
X Employee upskilling
	
X Group-wide staff survey
	
X Graduate recruitment
	
X ERC
	
X Equality, diversity and inclusion steering and working groups
	
X National Inclusion Week
	
X Sureserve Legends
	
X Sureserve Legends in the Community
	
X Star of Customer Excellence Awards
	
X Long Service Awards
	
X SHEQ forum
	
X Mental health working group
	
X Employee Assistance Programme (‘EAP’)
	
X Website, newsletters, emails and social media
	
X Group-wide webinars
Areas of influence:
	
X Our people expect the Group to be committed to their well-being in 
both their professional and personal lives 
	
X It is important that our people are valued in the delivery of their work, 
with their efforts being recognised and rewarded
	
X Training and development are essential aspects of the Group’s ability to 
recruit and retain talent, as well as important parts of succession planning 
	
X Open and honest communication is important to workplace culture 
with leadership and management offering clear strategic direction, 
accountability and accessibility should employees have issues they 
want to bring forward 
	
X The Group has a duty as a responsible business to ensure our workplace 
is safe and healthy for all our people, free from discrimination and visibly 
working towards improvements in equality, diversity and inclusion
Outcomes in 2021/22:
	
X The Group’s equality, diversity and inclusion steering group has 
continued to deliver against its strategy for Group-wide improvements 
with the support of the two working groups
	
X The Group’s health and safety teams delivered our annual Group-wide 
Health and Safety Week to promote best practice and knowledge 
sharing, resulting in 100% completion of mandatory health and safety 
courses in the week
	
X The Group reports a 14.3% rise in the number of staff undertaking 
training in the year, and further development of the Sureserve Academy 
underpins continued improvements in the future
18
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Shareholders
We operate in non-volatile trading environments with 
predictable recurring cash flows that should deliver growing 
revenues and profits.
Why we engage:
It is important for our shareholders to understand our strategy, and how 
through it we aim to deliver sustainable growth and create long term 
sustainable value in line with Group policies and standards.
How we engage:
	
X Investor meetings
	
X Annual Report and Accounts
	
X Annual General Meeting
	
X Investors section of the Group website
	
X Results presentations
	
X Stock exchange announcements and press releases
Areas of influence:
	
X The Directors engage with senior management at Group level, 
delivering operational and performance updates to Committees and 
ensuring the Directors have a clear understanding of their role and 
contribution as part of the wider Group
	
X Key ongoing considerations concerning our shareholders are the 
Group’s financial performance, governance and transparency, new 
contract wins, technological innovation and its reputation
	
X Consistent and clear communication to our shareholders throughout 
the year and especially around key reporting periods is essential
Outcomes in 2021/22:
	
X The Group has delivered publicly available information to shareholders 
via the Group’s website, regulatory news updates, results and 
presentations as well as a number of other online resources
	
X The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have delivered 
investor meetings throughout the year and were also available at the 
Annual General Meeting which enabled shareholders to directly 
engage with the Board
	
X Directors have worked closely with our advisers and brokers throughout 
the year, ensuring they are aware of our investors’ views 
	
X Meetings with institutional investors
Read more about our shareholders on pages: 
  12–13
  52
  54–56
  59–62
  64–65
	
X The Group celebrated the Sureserve Academy Event and Awards in 
May, bringing together over 120 trainees from all parts of UK, along 
with fellow trainees, managers and members of the Board
	
X Visible leadership through a wide range of communication tools has 
underpinned improvements in peer-to-peer support and an uptake in 
engagement with the EAP and working groups
	
X Using the results of our staff survey, the Group calculated an employee 
engagement score of 72.1% and undertook relevant improvements 
through a number of stakeholder groups
Suppliers
We provide opportunities for national and local suppliers to 
grow their business by developing strong relationships with 
an expanding group.
Why we engage:
In order to meet the needs of our clients and their customers, we ensure 
we utilise high quality materials and resources, delivered by suppliers 
of choice which meet our ethical standards and are compliant with our 
Code of Conduct, governance policies and supply chain best practices.
How we engage:
	
X Supplier conferences and workshops
	
X Website
	
X Annual Report and Accounts
	
X The Sureserve Foundation 
Areas of influence:
	
X Supply risk must be managed in relation to data security, corporate 
responsibility and the financial, operational, contractual and reputational 
damage which may be caused by failures in the supply chain
	
X The Group is committed to being a responsible business and as 
such it is important that legal, ethical and environmental business 
standards are maintained, including fair payment terms for our supply 
chain’s employees
Outcomes in 2021/22:
	
X We have continued to engage with key suppliers to review and further 
establish processes for the management of supply chain risks and 
issues, with escalation to Directors as and when was necessary 
	
X The Directors have reviewed the actions taken by the business to 
prevent modern slavery at any stage of our supply chain and approved 
our Modern Slavery Statement
Read more about our suppliers on pages: 
  12–13	
  31
  15	
	
  47
  22	
	
  54
  24
Read more about our people on pages: 
  05–06	
  47
  08	
	
  52
  12–13	
  66
  22–30
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
19
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Key performance indicators
Our chosen key performance indicators allow us 
to demonstrate how effectively we are achieving 
our key business objectives. 
Working capital 
(accrued income)

£22.1m 
(2021: £17.9m)
Revenue growth (from 
continuing operations)


27.0%
(2021: increase of 24.7%)
The key elements of working capital are 
trade receivables, accrued income, trade 
payables and accruals. Accrued income 
is quoted above as a key indicator of the 
Group’s overall working capital position.
Relevance to strategy
The level of working capital demonstrates 
our ability both to grow and manage risk 
within the Group.
Performance
Trade receivables increased by 25.5% 
to £23.1m (2021: £18.4m), accrued 
income increased by 23.5% to £22.1m 
(2021: £17.9m), trade payables increased 
by 25.3% to £31.2m (2021: £24.9m) 
and accruals fell by 5.1% to £11.1m 
(2021: £11.7m). 
We operate primarily under service 
contracts and recognise revenue either 
at a point in time or over a period of 
time depending on the satisfaction 
of performance obligations.
Relevance to strategy
The level of revenue demonstrates our 
ability both to grow and manage portfolio 
risk within the Group, predominantly through 
organic means, but where relevant through 
carefully targeted acquisitions.
Performance
Group revenue increased by 27.0% to 
£275.1m (2021: £216.6m), reflecting strong 
revenue growth across all businesses.
Accrued income (Group)
Revenue increase (Group)
Both financial and and non-
financial KPIs are included as 
there are multiple areas through 
which we must evaluate our 
success at achieving targets, 
and continue to drive future 
improvements against new 
targets. All of the following KPIs 
are important in the continued 
monitoring of the progression 
of the Group’s strategy.
Financial indicators
	 Page 43
	 Page 37
Further performance analysis
Links to strategy
2022
2021	
2020	
£17.9m
£22.1m
£17.3m
2022
2021
2020	
(9.8)%
27.0%
29.2%
20
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

EBITA (from 
continuing operations)

£16.8m
(2021: £12.3m restated)
Order book (from 
continuing operations)


£593.5m
(2021: £527.1m)
Net cash excluding lease 
liabilities including cash 
balances in assets held 
for sale
£23.3m
(2021: £16.4m)
EBITA is earnings before amortisation of 
acquisition intangibles, interest, tax and 
discontinued activities.
Relevance to strategy
The increase in EBITA demonstrates our 
ability to grow our profitability, manage risk, 
deliver operational improvement and expand 
our margins.
Performance
Group EBITA increased by 36.6% to 
£16.8m (2021: £12.3m), reflecting strong 
revenue growth, notwithstanding the 
inflationary macroeconomic backdrop 
experienced in the second half of the year, 
and the investments made in headcount 
and training in the smart metering business 
where headcount increased during the year 
to meet demand from our utility customers.
The order book comprises our contracted 
revenues, together with prospective 
revenues from the frameworks we are 
on, where our experience of customers 
deploying their confirmed budgets 
means our revenue from the framework 
is foreseeable.
Relevance to strategy
The order book measures our success 
at securing the long term contracts and 
frameworks we bid for and makes our 
future revenue more predictable.
Performance
The order book increased 18.0% to 
£593.5m (2021: £502.9m).
We currently have 79% visibility for the year 
to 30 September 2023 (like for like prior 
year: 76%).
Net cash excludes lease liabilities.
Relevance to strategy
A high level of cash demonstrates the quality 
of the profits we earn, as well as our ability 
to generate funds for reinvesting in our 
acquisition strategy.
Performance
At 30 September 2022, the Group had net 
cash excluding lease liabilities of £23.3m 
(2021: £16.5m). However, this represents 
a snapshot in time and the Group’s revolving 
credit facility remained undrawn as at the 
date of issuing this report.
The total net cash, including lease liabilities 
of £15.7m (2021: £12.0m), was £7.8m 
(2021: £4.4m).
Group EBITA increase
Order book
Net cash/(debt)
	 Page 42
	 Page 39
	 Page 43
2022
2021 (restated)	
2020	
£12.3m
£16.8m
£8.5m
2022
2021	
2020	
£502.9m
£593.5m
£328.9m
2022
2021	
2020	
£16.4m
£9.7m
£23.3m
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
21
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Key performance indicators continued
Group accident 
frequency rate
0.22
Carbon usage
10,025tCO2e 
Customer excellence
94.0%
The Group’s accident and reporting data 
and analysis includes near hits, Reporting 
of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations (‘RIDDOR’) data, 
accidents/incidents and environmental 
incidents. This allows us to set relevant 
and meaningful health and safety targets 
and objectives.
Relevance to strategy
The Sureserve Group has a safety 
vision which is supported by the 
Group‑wide strategy.
Working in a safe environment allows our 
people to focus on delivering a great service 
to our customers and key stakeholders. 
Protecting our people also supports 
employee engagement and retention.
Performance
The AFR for RIDDOR reportable incidents 
is 0.22 (2021: 0.22); the target for the 
Group for this period was 0.25 so we have 
managed to meet our target and not exceed 
this. The AFR for all accidents stood at 
2.43 (2021: 2.28), substantially below the 
Group target of 5.0.
We calculate our carbon footprint by 
considering energy use across the Group, 
including our vehicle fleet (both business 
and privately owned).
Relevance to strategy
We understand the need to protect our 
natural environment and reduce our carbon 
footprint. Our customers, particularly in the 
public sector, want to engage responsible 
suppliers. Managing our environmental 
impact is therefore important to our ability 
to win work, as well as being socially 
responsible and more cost efficient for us.
Performance
The slight increase in carbon consumption 
is due to an increase in operations across 
the majority of our businesses. This has 
been offset by an increase in the number 
of EV vehicles in our commercial fleet as 
well as energy efficiency projects such as 
lighting and solar installations in some of 
the businesses within the Group. We will 
continue to drive carbon savings alongside 
the strategy focusing on acquisitional and 
organic growth. 
We record and report on our performance 
and the quality of works with our customers.
Relevance to strategy
By monitoring the experience of our 
customers we can understand and mitigate 
issues before they become problematic and 
seek to improve and excel in areas identified. 
This in turn will go on to influence resident 
engagement, customer retention and 
wider reputation.
Performance
Our customer excellence KPI performance 
indicates an increase on the previous year. 
Customer excellence remains a high priority 
for the Group and we are seeing continual 
improvement. The changes in the year may 
be due to a number of factors, including 
reporting efficiencies, and we continue to 
work hard to understand the challenges 
faced in the year and make the necessary 
changes to deliver further improvement 
in 2023.
Accident frequency rate RIDDOR
Carbon usage (tonnes)
Customer excellence
Accident frequency rate all accidents
Non-financial indicators
	 Pages 31 to 32
	 Pages 32 to 33
	 Pages 30 to 31
2022
2022
2022
2022
2021	
2020	
0.20
2020	
1.98
2021	
2020	
7,296t
2021	
2020	
95.8%
2021	
0.22
10,017t
83.8%
2.28
0.22
10,025t
94%
2.43
UN SDGs
UN SDGs
UN SDGs
22
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Training
746
Gender diversity
18.7% 
Employee engagement
72.1% 
Across the Group, training initiatives, including 
apprenticeships, upskilling and management 
development, are an essential platform to 
further enable and progress our workforce.
Relevance to strategy
Training opportunities can have a significant 
impact on retention and provide a great many 
professionals the skills and capability to be ever 
more effective and motivated in the workplace, 
in turn having a dual positive impact on both an 
employee and business result.
Performance
The number of learners across the Group within 
the reporting period was 746, accounting for 
19.5% of our workforce, up from 27.9% for the 
previous year and achieving our target of at least 
10% each annum. This figure does not include 
self-funded trainees. We also continued the 
Sureserve Academy’s training provision to 
incorporate the Group’s joint venture partners 
in the year.
This figure indicates the total number of 
female employees against the total number 
of male employees.
Relevance to strategy
Recognising the value of diversity and inclusion 
in the way we work benefits all of our stakeholders, 
and in ensuring gender diversity at all levels we 
can benefit significantly from ensuring all team 
members have that opportunity and fully 
contribute to the Group’s success.
Performance
Overall the Group has a gender diversity figure 
of 18.7% indicating the Group has a ratio of 
18.7% women to 81.3% men. We can further 
break this down into four distinct job role bands. 
In the Executive Management band women hold 
14.3% of positions. Women hold 20.0% of 
senior management positions. There is a 56.9% 
figure for women working in support services 
roles, and 3.1% of those in operational roles 
are women.
The focus of this KPI is diversity, and through the 
work undertaken by our ED&I steering group and 
the gender equality working group, we will look 
to make improvements to a number of key areas 
in the year to improve gender diversity.
This figure indicates the Group-wide employee 
engagement score.
Relevance to strategy
Employee engagement is a measurable indicator 
relating to the commitment and connection 
an employee has to the business they work for. 
It can be a critical driver for business success 
and a useful tool in understanding our businesses, 
where we are performing well and what areas 
would benefit from deliberate and planned 
investment. Good levels of engagement can 
promote retention of talent, increase employee 
loyalty and well-being, and improve performance 
and stakeholder value.
Performance
Between May and June 2022 online employee 
surveys were made available to Group employees. 
The survey was divided into five key areas 
associated with employee engagement and 
corresponding to the Group’s published 
sustainability targets. Those key areas were 
responsibility, workplace culture, inclusion, 
well-being and progression.
As a part of our ESG commitments and our 
sustainability pillars, the Group has identified 
an employee engagement target score of above 
80% by 2030. We recognise 72.1% indicated 
improvements are needed across a range of 
areas and, together with a number of key 
stakeholder groups, have developed plans to 
deliver those improvements. Staff surveys are 
planned throughout 2023 to measure the impact 
of those improvements.
This is the first time the Group has calculated 
an employee engagement score, therefore no 
comparisons exist.
Number of trainees across the Group
Percentage of female employees
Group-wide employee 
engagement score
	 Page 29
	 Pages 29 to 30
	 Page 28
2022
2022
2022
2021	
2020
2020	
19.8%
2021	
324
19.4%
746
18.7%
72.1%
UN SDGs
UN SDGs
UN SDGs
166
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
23
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Sustainability
By the very nature of the work we undertake for our clients, we have 
always considered the mark we leave on both the communities in 
which we work and their surrounding environments.
The Group’s four sustainability pillars are the means by which we 
understand and measure our social value impact. These pillars are our 
communities, our people, our customers and our environment and 
within each, we have identified key targets for the future against which we 
can consistently measure our performance and drive improvements across 
our operations. 
As well as framing the way in which we deliver social value, these pillars 
also serve to support a wider ESG strategy, focused on building 
strengthened structures and teams and taking a step forward from 
mandatory expectations towards authentic engagement with ESG goals, 
reducing our carbon usage and emissions and ensuring equality, diversity 
and inclusion are at the heart of how we work.
Our communities
We place the communities in which 
we work at the heart of everything 
we do, and this means being 
involved beyond our immediate 
role as an energy services provider. 
Our targets
	
e Help one million people living 
with fuel poverty by 2030
	
e Raise £1m for the Sureserve 
Foundation by 2030
	
e Educate one million households 
on energy efficiency by 2030
	
e Deliver £10m of economic 
investment to our local 
communities by 2030
Progress in 2022
	
e Through our operations and 
partnership with the Sureserve 
Foundation, we have delivered 
energy efficiency measures to 
260,267 homes, helping people 
improve their energy use and 
save on energy bills
	
e We have taken part in activities 
to raise funds for the Sureserve 
Foundation, raising over 
£100,000 to fight fuel poverty
	
e We have helped deliver energy 
efficiency advice and guidance 
to 326,585 households
	
e We have set up a social value 
investment working group to 
identify, record and measure 
the social value impact 
delivered during the length 
of our contracts
Our people
We see it as our top priority to 
ensure the health, safety and well 
being of our employees, ensuring 
they are able to participate fully 
in our activities and realise their 
full potential.
Our targets
	
e Group to reflect the diversity 
of the communities where we 
work by 2030
	
e Raise employee engagement 
to above 80% by 2030
	
e 100% of employees to be paid 
the real living wage by 2030
	
e 25% of workforce to have 
undertaken accredited training 
and development annually 
by 2025
Progress in 2022
	
e The UK’s 2021 Census results 
relating to ethnic groups, 
national identity and religion 
were published on 29 November 
2022, after which we undertook 
comparisons regarding our own 
diversity figures 
	
e The Group’s employee 
engagement score for 2022 
was 72.1%
	
e As at 30 September 2022 94% 
of employees are paid the real 
living wage
	
e 27.9% of our people were in 
accredited courses of training 
in the year
Our customers
We continuously ensure that client 
focus is at the heart of everything 
we do, ensuring a reputation 
for excellence as a provider of 
compliance and energy services, 
and supporting our ability to deliver 
impact to our clients and customers.
Our targets
	
e Deliver a positive customer 
excellence Net Promoter 
Score every year until 2030
	
e Ensure our top 10 suppliers 
meet our responsible business 
charter by 2030 – sustainable 
procurement, environment and 
social value commitments
Progress in 2022
	
e We are still in the process 
of transferring our customer 
excellence method to the 
Net Promoter Score to provide 
reliable measurements for client 
and customer experiences. 
We intend to deliver this in 2023 
	
e We continue to work closely 
with our suppliers ensuring our 
business values and standards 
are upheld along our supply 
chain. We will continue to 
develop learning opportunities 
for our clients to ensure our 
ESG commitments are met 
and that ethical procurement 
is a practice shared with all 
our suppliers 
Our environment
We believe that every business 
should consider, manage and 
measure the way it uses and 
impacts upon the environment, 
and it’s a key part of our 
business strategy. 
Our targets
	
e Work towards 100% 
renewable offices by 2030
	
e Work towards 100% zero 
emissions fleet by 2025
	
e Work towards zero waste 
to landfill by 2030
	
e 100% of workforce to complete 
mandatory environmental 
training annually
Progress in 2022
	
e We have invested in 36 
separate energy efficiency 
audits to offices across 
the Group, with savings 
of 34,252kgCO2 delivered 
through measures installed
	
e A further 11% of our fleet has 
transitioned to zero emissions 
vehicles, saving approximately 
1,874kg CO2 this year
	
e 89.4% of our people have 
completed mandatory 
environmental training 
in the year
Progress against our sustainability pillars
24
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Q&A with Tania Songini, our 
new Non‑Executive Director
Q: Can you tell me a bit about 
yourself and your background?
A: I’m half Italian and half English 
and grew up in various African 
countries. I studied Political 
Science and Economics at Rome 
University and began working for 
Siemens, the engineering company, 
in Germany. I worked for Siemens 
in a variety of sectors in the UK 
and Germany for 20 years, mostly 
in the position of Finance and 
Commercial Director. 
Q: Can you tell us more 
about the sectors you 
were involved in?
A: In that time my work was focused 
on infrastructure and systems 
businesses, including airport and 
postal logistics, healthcare, mobile 
communication networks and 
towards the end of my time with 
Siemens, in energy. When I took the 
role of Finance Director for Siemens 
Energy UK and North West Europe 
in 2011, Siemens was involved 
in very large projects including 
offshore and onshore wind farms, 
transmission networks and 
interconnectors. 
Q: What drew you to becoming 
a Non-Executive Director of 
the Sureserve Group?
A: When I left Siemens in 2015, 
I decided to focus on a portfolio 
Non-Executive Director (‘NED’) 
career and it was clear to me that 
I wanted to remain in the renewable 
and sustainable energy space. 
Many of the boards I am currently 
on focus on renewable energy 
generation and transmission (wind, 
solar, battery storage, heat pumps, 
geothermal) and sustainable 
infrastructure (EV charging, low 
carbon transport and affordable 
housing). The area of the energy 
value chain I was less involved 
with until I joined Sureserve was 
domestic heating and energy 
efficiency. It was clear to me that 
the Sureserve Group would be 
instrumental in helping Local 
Authorities and Housing 
Associations in the UK decarbonise 
their social housing stock through 
energy efficiency measures and 
by driving the installation of low 
carbon technology. The domestic 
sector in the UK is the one 
struggling the most with 
decarbonisation. Social housing 
is the best place to start given the 
size of the sector. Local Authorities 
will need to decarbonise their 
social housing stock over the 
coming years and, given its 
scale, this could accelerate the 
decarbonisation of heat and help 
grow the supply chain needed 
to support the transition. 
Those that suffer the most due 
to the bad fabric of housing stock 
in the UK are those living in social 
housing. The positive impact 
Sureserve will have in combatting 
fuel poverty was a significant 
driver for me. 
Q: How has your professional 
experience at Siemens and 
in your other Non-Executive 
positions helped in your role 
at Sureserve?
A: My time at Siemens Energy 
gave me a broad understanding 
of energy markets, the sector and 
technologies. On developing my 
portfolio of NED roles I consciously 
sought opportunities that would 
allow me to build on the Siemens 
experience and deepen my 
knowledge of the wider energy 
and sustainable infrastructure 
landscape. I serve as chair of Audit 
and Risk Committees on the board 
of several companies, am also a 
chair and member of Remuneration 
committees and have helped set up 
and am a member of several ESG/
Health & Safety Environmental and 
Social committees. Together with 
the technical skills and experience 
mentioned above, I believe that the 
knowledge I bring about wider 
energy, energy efficiency and 
heating markets, regulation and 
technologies developed at Siemens 
and other companies I work with will 
assist Sureserve in its role in driving 
the energy transition in the social 
and wider housing sector. For 
instance, at Guernsey Electricity, 
I see the whole microcosm of the 
energy landscape, from generation, 
through to transmission, distribution, 
supply, including domestic heating; 
at the Energy Systems Catapult we 
are driving the decarbonisation of 
heat and the digitalisation of the 
energy system to make it more 
flexible; at the UK Infrastructure 
Bank we are focusing on investing 
in low carbon energy and transport 
solutions, digitisation, and water, 
combined with the levelling 
up agenda.
Q: You’ve been on the Board 
for over six months now. How 
has it been and what have the 
key themes of discussion been 
for you?
A: In that time, I have met with most 
of the MDs and spent time with 
them to understand their business 
and what changes they are seeing 
in the market, and it has been very 
encouraging to learn that a number 
of them are starting to play a part 
in the energy transition, as we see 
energy efficiency and renewable 
energy services delivery growing 
next to the traditional gas services 
business. Sureserve companies 
are involved in numerous energy 
efficiency/whole-house solution 
projects, as well as in the 
installation of heat pumps, solar 
panels, battery storage, and smart 
meters. Given that the Group is 
the largest social housing energy 
services provider in the UK, there 
is a significant opportunity to 
proactively engage, work with 
and support our clients on their 
decarbonisation strategies. 
Q: With your background in 
renewables infrastructure and 
development what are some of 
the exciting prospects for the 
Group and the part they play 
in the UK’s energy transition?
A: An increasing number of local 
authorities have and are declaring 
a climate emergency and are 
working on decarbonisation plans 
for their cities and towns. There is 
a growing acknowledgement from 
stakeholders that decarbonisation 
of towns and cities is best 
managed at a Local Authority 
level as they know and understand 
the needs of their cities and towns, 
and public and private funding 
towards these local efforts is 
increasing. The Group has long 
term relationships with many 
Local Authorities and Housing 
Associations, as well as specialist 
resident facing provision which 
has been developed over decades. 
Renewable technologies are only 
effective if they are delivered 
alongside improved energy 
efficiency in households, and 
retrofitting measures are a 
significant part of that improvement. 
The Group’s businesses cover both 
areas, and with strong geographical 
coverage, they are well positioned 
to accompany and support our 
clients on their decarbonisation 
journey. Examples such as the 
decarbonisation of Widnes Vikings 
Stadium for Halton Borough 
Council, our energy efficiency work 
in Scotland through the Warmworks 
JV, and the roll out of heat pumps in 
rural areas of East England are all 
exciting examples of the scale and 
complexity of projects we can 
deliver, that will extend to other 
opportunities across the UK.
Tania Songini
Non-Executive 
Director
AT THE FOREFRONT OF 
THE ENERGY TRANSITION
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
25
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
25

For a number of years we have actively focused on 
utilising our knowledge, operational experience and 
strong relationships to combat fuel poverty in the UK, 
a growing concern in the current economical climate. 
We have worked with the Sureserve Foundation, the 
Group’s charitable arm, which is dedicated to eradicating 
fuel poverty by supporting individuals, families and 
communities to achieve fuel efficiency and, in turn, 
lessen the financial burden of high gas and electric bills. 
With the expertise of the Foundation we have worked 
closely with housing associations in the year, providing 
advice and guidance, fuel efficiency measures and 
assistance parcels to help households identified as 
being in need of help. In the winter of 2021 our people 
packed and delivered 1,000 parcels to individuals and 
families identified by our clients as requiring assistance. 
These Winter Warmer parcels included energy efficiency 
measures, fuel and food vouchers, and we have continued 
to support our clients with packages for residents 
experiencing the effects of fuel poverty. These projects 
utilise our regional businesses which have mobilised 
employees to facilitate the delivery of each project, often 
being active outside of work hours on a volunteer basis. 
The impact of these projects is 326,585 households 
receiving material assistance and advice on energy 
efficiency and over 1,000 hours of volunteered work 
to make it happen. In November 2022 the Foundation 
hosted a fundraising dinner to raise funds for projects 
across the next 12 months. With the help of the 
Sureserve Group, social housing and supply chain 
partners raised over £60,000 on the night and had the 
opportunity to discuss the impact of the energy crisis 
on social housing with guest speakers Alan Townsend, 
Chief Executive at Southern Housing, and Elly Hoult, 
Group Director of Assets and Sustainability at Notting 
Hill Genesis.
Funds raised for the 
Sureserve Foundation to 
tackle fuel poverty: 
more than
£100,000
Households that received 
energy efficiency advice 
and guidance 
326,585
Number of employees 
joining the business from 
the Armed Forces 
28
Hours volunteered 
1,012
Fuel Poverty packages 
delivered to communities
1,000 
Energy systems at the core of net zero
Successfully tackling climate change is dependent on the cooperation 
of Governments, businesses, communities and households to commit to 
a range of actions, both big and small, to reduce their carbon consumption 
and emissions. Understanding our energy usage is an essential component 
in these changes, and it is in the use of complementary and integrated 
technologies that decarbonisation targets will be delivered. Smart meters can 
link to other energy generation systems, such as solar PV, working in tandem 
with battery storage making use of time-of-use tariffs, as well as helping 
energy companies to create ‘smart grids’, able to predict when and where 
energy is needed so that supply and demand can be planned for. 
Smart meters installed 
253,102
Domestic charging points 
85
Solar PV and thermal 
measures fitted 
767
Battery storage units fitted 
365
AT THE FOREFRONT OF THE ENERGY TRANSITION
Sustainability continued
Our communities
Tackling fuel poverty in our 
communities 
Communities across the UK have experienced a range 
of challenges in recent years including impacts on 
income, high fuel prices, poor energy efficiency, 
unaffordable housing prices and poor quality private 
rental housing. 
Since 2019 the Group has worked closely with the 
Sureserve Foundation, raising funds and delivering 
projects to housing association clients across the UK. 
In the year we have worked with the Foundation to support 
a number of our social housing partners to identify and 
assist those most in need. A focus on simple solutions 
continues to be of great value, helping them improve 
energy efficiency in their homes, as well as offering 
advice and guidance to increase their awareness 
and knowledge. 
26
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Skills development 
Armed Forces Covenant 
The Group has Silver status on the Employer 
Recognition Scheme, awarded for demonstrating 
continued support for ex-service men and women 
into places of work across our businesses, as well as 
encouraging those who serve, or have served, into 
employment with the Group. The Group is proud to 
support ex-Forces personnel and reservists in rewarding, 
long term careers across our businesses. We recognise 
the valuable experience and skills offered by ex-service 
men and women, and as a signatory of the Armed Forces 
Covenant and through a close partnership with Career 
Transition Partnership (‘CTP’) we welcomed 28 new 
employees with service backgrounds to the Group in 
the year.
Helping schools control their energy use
The Group has agreed a new three-year partnership with environmental 
education charity the Young People’s Trust for the Environment (‘YPTE’), 
becoming corporate sponsor of ‘Better Planet Schools,’ YPTE’s 
environmental education platform for primary schools in the UK. 
Better Planet Schools provides access to lesson plans, worksheets and 
activities to engage pupils and enable them to take the lead in making 
changes to benefit the environment. On average, schools have saved 12% 
of their annual energy usage through child-led behaviour change alone. 
With the average school energy bill climbing to over £60,000 per year, 
saving even 10% of a school’s energy use will have a real impact on 
reducing energy bills, as well as carbon emissions. The Group will 
support the organisation by providing free energy surveys for selected 
schools, giving their governing bodies access to valuable information 
on how they can improve their school’s energy performance.
Number of schools 
taking part in the scheme 
148
Average annual carbon 
saving of schools 
monitored 
31.4tCO2
AT THE FOREFRONT OF THE ENERGY TRANSITION
“Our exciting 
partnership with 
Better Planet 
Schools is one 
part of our wider 
investment in 
learning and 
development 
leading to positive 
environmental 
change. Today’s 
young people will 
be at the forefront 
of the UK’s 
commitment to 
reach net zero by 
2050, so it’s 
important we 
support them to 
appreciate the 
impact and 
influence they 
have now and in 
the future.”

Peter Smith, 
Chief Executive Officer
One of many ex-service personnel that have joined the Group, Simon Morby started 
working for Aaron Services 10 years ago as a Gas Engineer after leaving the Marines, 
and is now a Regional Manager.
‘Aaron were great, they gave me the time to adjust to their way of doing 
the job and with the skills the military taught me I slotted straight in. 
My day to day role now is managing the workforce and the clients’ 
requirements over a large geographical area, every day is different and 
brings a different challenge.

My time in the Armed Forces gave me excellent general life skills, time 
keeping, appearance, attitude, respect for others, thinking on my feet. 
The attitude to work is instilled in me from the Royal Navy. To those 
thinking about making a move from the Armed Forces and working with 
Aaron Services I’d say do it. You are a valuable asset to any company that 
can see you and the skills that you will bring to the business and Aaron 
Services know this already, the job can be taught but the transferable 
skills and discipline you have already is another story.’
REWARDING CAREERS FOR EX-SERVICE PERSONNEL
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
27
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Our people
Employee engagement
As a part of our ongoing commitment to ESG, in our 2021 
Annual Report we identified an employee engagement 
target score of above 80% by 2030. This is the first time 
the Group has had such a target, and it is important to 
understand how that figure is calculated, its significance 
to our employees and businesses, and how we can 
translate the data we collect into valuable and 
meaningful action.
Between May and June 2022 employee surveys were 
made available via online links to employees. Each survey 
carried 20 statements, each with easily identifiable 
actions and respective stakeholder groups. Responses 
to statements used the Likert scale from 5 = strongly 
agree to 1 = strongly disagree and statements were 
divided into five key areas associated with employee 
engagement and corresponding to the Group’s 
published sustainability targets.
Those key areas were:
Responsibility
The employee’s perception as to the way the business 
acts responsibly. 
Workplace culture
The employee’s experience of engagement with their 
place of work.
Inclusion
The employee’s feelings of inclusion within the business.
Well-being
The employee’s mental and physical well-being with 
respect to their role within the business.
Progression
The employee’s feelings regarding opportunities for 
professional development.
The total maximum survey response value provided us 
with final figures out of 100 which were taken as the final 
percentile. The results were shared with senior leaders 
across the business’ key stakeholder groups, who have 
reviewed the material and identified improvements 
necessary to raise the current engagement score of 
72.1% closer towards our 80% Group-wide target.
Health and well-being
We provide all our people with a free-to-use, confidential 
one-to-one help and support service which is available 
at all times, day or night, online or on the phone. 
Information as to how to access this system is provided 
during onboarding, through our ERC and HR teams and 
line managers across our businesses. We further promote 
healthy behaviours and knowledge sharing via employee 
well-being initiatives such as Mental Health Awareness 
Week, and offer our Group-wide working groups 
focused CPD on the well-being support for employees.
Number of employees
2,673
Employee engagement
72.1%
Employees being paid 
the real living wage
94%
Employees with 
Long Service Awards 
(more than five years) 
250
Sureserve Legends 
nominated this year
105
Employees in 
accredited courses 
of training in the year
746
Online courses 
completed in the year 
25,770
AT THE FOREFRONT OF THE ENERGY TRANSITION
Recognising the value of training
The second ever Sureserve Academy Event and Awards took place on 19 May 2022, and the opportunity to 
celebrate the Group’s training and development opportunities and successes brought together over 120 trainees 
from all parts of the UK, sharing their knowledge and experience with fellow trainees, managers and members 
of the Board. 
The event was held at Old Trafford football ground and included a welcome from the Chief Executive Officer, 
Peter Smith, team building and educational activities and a wonderful presentation by a guest speaker, record 
breaking adventurer Dwayne Fields.
The day provided an opportunity for so many of our people to meet colleagues from different businesses and 
parts of the UK, and it highlighted the quality of people undertaking apprenticeships, upskilling and management 
training across the Group. It was an opportunity for many of our people to meet for the first time, and share 
their experiences of training within the Group, offering a valuable insight into the variety of paths to further 
development open to them. 
The day was rounded off by the Sureserve Academy Awards presentation, an opportunity to celebrate the 
exceptional individuals across the Group who have achieved great things through their hard work and 
dedication to training.
Sustainability continued
28
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Sureserve Legends
Every three months the Group celebrates the Sureserve 
Legends and Legends in the Community Awards, during 
which our people nominate their colleagues that they 
work with for making such a difference to their working 
day, and to the people they serve in the communities in 
which we work. It is not unusual for us to receive thanks 
from a client regarding a resident who has received help 
or assistance from one of our people attending their 
home, in many cases averting serious repercussions. 
Our business leaders understand the importance of 
recognising and rewarding such exceptional behaviour 
and the Sureserve Legends Awards is the perfect way 
to do that. The overall winner is invited to attend working 
group meetings being held during that quarter, allowing 
them an opportunity to have their voice heard and be at 
the centre of decision making in the Group. 
Training and development
The Sureserve Academy ties together all learning and 
development for the Group with the aim to prepare the 
Company to meet both today’s training demands and 
tomorrow’s operational challenges. We are committed to 
developing and identifying potential within our business, 
to generate exciting career opportunities and a consistent 
quality talent pipeline to meet the market’s growing demands 
and ensure the long term sustainability of our business. 
The Group became a member of The 5% Club post year 
end, joining the employer-led charity to help increase 
‘earn and learn’ (apprenticeships, graduate schemes or 
sponsored students) placements and the employment 
and career prospects of of our people. Members commit 
to achieve 5% of their UK work force in ‘earn and learn’ 
positions within five years of joining. Progress will be 
measured annually and reported in our Annual Report. 
This year’s 14.3% increase of employees in courses of 
training to 746 (27.9% of the workforce) confirms our 
continued commitment to training, and the results 
achieveable through investment and resources.
Apprentices
The Sureserve Group has a long and proud history of 
recruiting and supporting apprentices into the business. 
Many of our people now in senior management began their 
careers as apprentices and the opportunity to learn whilst 
working alongside experienced professionals ensures that 
colleagues have pertinent up to date industry experience 
as soon as they pass the necessary qualifications.
Upskilling
Making training available to our people at all levels of 
the organisation is essential to avoid skill shortages in 
the midst of industry developments and advancements 
in technology. The Group is committed to remaining 
competitive in challenging markets and, via the Sureserve 
Academy, we have invested in creating bespoke training 
solutions for our businesses’ particular requirements, 
utilising educational institutions, external training 
partners, mentors and online courses to fulfil those 
learning needs.
Equality, diversity and inclusion
Our workforce reflects the communities in which we work, 
ensuring that our commitment to equality and diversity is 
clear in the delivery of our services to our partners, our 
clients and their customers. Establishing an environment 
in which all our people are supported to excel in their 
chosen profession, and realise their full potential, is an 
essential part of the Group’s strength and resilience. 
Our working groups are made up of a diverse set of 
talented people from across our businesses, each 
determined to create and improve our culture, policies 
and systems and ensure we provide better than best 
practice for all our people. Their work in developing 
and implementing progression in the areas of gender 
equality, diversity and inclusion across the Group is 
sponsored by senior leaders and supported by our ED&I 
steering group, made up of members of our Executive 
Management Team. The steering group has been active 
in the year measuring our progress against targets set 
out in our ED&I strategy and assisting the two working 
groups in delivering results in key areas. 
ED&I steering group 
Following a number of structural changes in the year, a 
refreshed Group’s ED&I steering group was formed in 
the latter part of the year, picking up a number of activities 
centred around the governance and effectiveness of its 
work. Following the re-establishment of the two working 
groups working alongside the steering group, clear 
reporting targets were set for the next 12 months and 
a number of immediate tasks identified to further the 
Group’s commitment to equality and diversity. 
The UK’s 2021 Census results relating to ethnic 
groups, national identity and religion were published 
on 29 November 2022, after which we undertook 
comparisons regarding our own diversity figures. 
This work was overseen by the ED&I steering group who 
are reviewing the data and subsequent actions. These 
findings showed that gender diversity was down slightly 
overall, though half of our businesses have improved in 
the year. The overall figure has been influenced by the 
significant number of engineers joining the Group in line 
with operational requirements, the majority of whom 
are male.
Representation of ethnic groups across the businesses has 
improved, up from 9.4% overall in FY21 to 11.8% in FY22.
Ethnicity and diversity working group 
During the year our ethnicity and diversity working group 
has been active with a range of internal and external 
partners, developing and delivering a range of initiatives 
to promote and develop ethnicity and diversity within our 
businesses. These projects have included: 
	
e Developing better representation across our 
ethnic classification HR data 
	
e CIPD training for working group members 
	
e Development and publication of a working 
group Charter 
	
e Together with the Sureserve Academy, creation 
of a mandatory Equality, Diversity and Inclusion 
online training module 
Gender and equality working group 
Our people are the Group’s most valuable asset, and in 
a traditionally male-dominated sector, improving gender 
equality and working towards gender balance across all 
roles is that much more important. 
19
19+8181+T
Overall
  Female
18.7%
  Male
81.3%
20
20+8080+T
14
14+8686+T
14
14+8686+T
Diversity within 
Group Senior 
Leadership teams 
Gender breakdown
  Female
20.2%
  Male
79.8%
Senior 
Management 
  Female
14.3%
  Male
85.7%
Executive 
Management 
  Female
14%
  Male
86%
Board
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
29
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Sustainability continued
Ambitious renewables project 
bears fruit for residents
Following the appointment of Everwarm as lead 
contractor on an energy retrofit scheme in the 
Swansea community of Penderi, initial results are 
making a real difference to residents’ energy bills 
and peace of mind.
Everwarm is overseeing the installation of state 
of the art renewable energy generation, energy 
storage and smart energy management technology 
in almost 650 homes owned and managed by 
Pobl Group, Wales’ largest provider of affordable 
housing, which has partnered with renewable 
energy tech and service supplier Sero.
As rising energy prices continue to make headlines 
in the UK, the impact of a project such as this, 
believed to be the largest ever of its kind in the UK, 
is significant. It is anticipated that the community 
will generate as much as 60% of their total 
electricity requirements, protecting against the 
impact of future energy price increases, improving 
resident comfort and well being, and reducing 
carbon emissions by as much 350 tonnes per year.
With solar PV and battery storage units now 
installed in over 240 properties, the project is now 
past the 50% mark of the targeted installation of 
2,000 1.4MW solar panels, equating to 750kW 
of energy output. The energy produced means 
less reliance on power drawn from the grid, and 
in turn reduced energy bills for Penderi residents, 
on average amounting to a 67% reduction at the 
time of writing.
Everwarm has also delivered on the Sureserve 
Group’s social value commitments by way of 
creating employment and training opportunities 
for local residents, with the roles of Operations 
Manager, Site Manager, electricians, electrical 
apprentice and Customer Service Manager 
fulfilled by Swansea residents.
AT THE FOREFRONT OF THE ENERGY TRANSITION
Our people continued
Equality, diversity and inclusion 
continued
Gender and equality working group continued
Across a range of projects there was further progress 
made in building on long term opportunities for women in 
our industry, ensuring a Group-wide culture exists from the 
top down which supports and rewards those who choose 
to develop a career with us. These projects have included: 
	
e Ensuring all online vacancies use gender neutral 
language, and are not biased towards males 
	
e Joining the Women’s Trade Network with a view to 
improve recruitment and retention of women across 
a range of roles 
	
e Reviewing Group policies regarding menopause, 
fertility treatment leave and adoption leave 
Digital accessibility
We are committed to ensuring that our websites and the 
resources made available through them are as accessible 
as possible to users. We have integrated an accessibility 
tools platform into the structure of our websites in order 
to assist those with impairments or disabilities who often 
face barriers when utilising online environments which 
are not designed for them.
Our customers
Every year we serve hundreds of thousands of end 
customers when we are contracted to deliver work 
schemes for public sector clients across the UK. 
Providing our services means more than the installation 
and maintenance work we do in homes, public buildings 
and businesses, and a large part of our success is in the 
manner in which we interact with our customers and 
clients and how their experience and perception are 
formed based on the quality of support they receive. 
We have continued to focus our attentions on effective 
leadership and clear client communication during the year, 
and their confidence and trust in our ability to deliver work 
successfully and safely have been essential in the increase 
in new contract wins and extensions to existing contracts.
Star of Customer Excellence Awards
During National Customer Service Week we run the 
Sureserve Star of Customer Excellence Awards which 
is an opportunity for people from across the Group to 
nominate a colleague who has excelled in their customer 
service during the year. Sian Crick, Contract Administrator 
at Aaron Services, was chosen as this year’s winner. Sian 
received a number of nominations for her outstanding 
contribution to both customers’ and colleagues’ day 
including: ‘Sian is brilliantly organised and goes above and 
beyond; all the engineers love her. I’ve been doing this for 
eight years and Sian is the best customer service I’ve 
come across by far’; ‘Sian is super positive and is always 
going above and beyond for staff and residents’; and ‘Sian 
excels in her role and keeps our install department flowing 
superbly’. We continue to support a culture of customer 
excellence, giving recognition to those who deliver it and 
presenting learning opportunities for those progressing 
in their customer facing roles.
Diversity within 
Business Senior 
Leadership teams 
Gender breakdown
3+9797+T
64
64+3636+T
Operations
  Female
3.2%
  Male
96.8%
  Female
63.6%
  Male
36.4%
Support 
Services 
Customer Excellence KPI
94%
30
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

	
e Reducing the number of accidents/incidents across 
the Group 
	
e Reviewing and updating our training providers both 
internally and externally 
	
e Increasing engagement and awareness amongst our 
people to provide a positive safety culture 
	
e Reviewing and researching technologies that will 
help enhance performance and our internal systems 
Across the Sureserve Group our highest priority is to 
protect the health, safety and well-being of our employees, 
customers, suppliers and pertinent members of the 
public. This is one of the core values that underpin our 
culture as a Group. 
We are committed to continual improvement and do 
everything we can to ensure anybody affected by our 
work is kept safe, both during our operations and into the 
future. We operate an Integrated Management System 
which includes certification to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, 
ISO 45001 and ISO 50001 which underpins and 
supports core business values. 
Supply chain
Ethical purchasing is a priority for the Group, and we seek 
always to take social, environmental and economic factors 
into account when deciding what, where and how to buy. 
Our procurement team is highly skilled at achieving best 
value while positively discriminating in favour of suppliers 
with policies that complement our beliefs. 
Whenever we can, we use our procurement activities to 
have a positive influence on communities by enabling local 
businesses to grow. An example of this is our Warmworks 
joint venture, which manages the Scottish Government’s 
Home Energy Efficiency Programmes (‘HEEPs’). This 
includes fair payment terms and free or subsidised training 
for suppliers, helping to ensure that local businesses can 
access our supply chain and encouraging innovation 
among our suppliers. Every year, we provide training 
to around 700 of our suppliers’ employees.
Information security
We are proud to have achieved ISO 27001 
accreditation, the international standard for information 
security management systems. Ensuring our Information 
Security Management System is aligned with best practice 
is vital to all our stakeholders, and this certification makes 
certain that all legal, physical and technical controls 
involved in our information risk management processes 
meet the highest standards.
Health and safety 
Health and Safety Week 2022 
In September the Group delivered its second Health 
and Safety Week, a range of focused activities and 
resources engaging our people in all our businesses 
across a range of safety-related subjects. Utilising a 
mix of digital and print supporting material, local SHEQ 
teams met with employees both physically and online to 
discuss, record, share, teach and empower proactive 
behaviours relating to health and safety in the workplace. 
HSQE data and statistics are reported monthly to the plc 
Board, based on the following criteria: 
	
e Near hits 
	
e Minor accidents/incidents 
	
e RIDDORs 
	
e Gas RIDDORs 
	
e Environmental incidents 
	
e Carbon consumption 
The Group accident frequency rate (‘AFR’) is calculated 
monthly; this is one of the standard safety measures 
used to identify and analyse the number of occupational 
accidents which take place in the workplace. Any accident 
which is reported in the workplace will form a part of the 
resulting AFR number. This allows the Group to track the 
number of accidents/incidents which occur and provides 
a means for comparison to drive improvements and set 
effective safety targets and objectives. 
The Group recently released a Group-wide health and 
safety strategy which incorporates the safety vision: ‘to 
provide a safe and secure work environment promoting 
a positive culture by continuously improving the health, 
safety and well-being of our people and the communities 
we serve’. This strategy also underpins key aims and 
objectives which focus on the following: 
AT THE FOREFRONT OF THE ENERGY TRANSITION
Decarbonisation of Widnes Vikings Stadium
Sure Maintenance improved energy efficiency at Widnes Vikings Stadium through the 
delivery of renewable energy upgrades for Halton Borough Council.
Replacing three gas fired boilers and four gas fired water heaters with 14 air source 
heat pumps (‘ASHPs’), has meant a carbon saving of 136,561kgCO2e p.a for the 
stadium, supporting the Council’s carbon reduction plans of decarbonising and 
producing heat through electrification.
With an increased lifespan of more than double that of gas boilers, the ASHPs will utilise 
electricity provided by a local solar PV farm, already connected to the stadium. These 
positive impacts mean a reduced carbon footprint, reduced maintenance costs and 
long term reduced running costs for the stadium.
As well as the energy efficiency benefits delivered, Sure Maintenance ensured that 
the impact on the local community remained positive and that noise pollution from the 
installations was kept to a minimum. Sure worked alongside an acoustic specialist 
to assess noise levels, resulting in the installations including acoustic hoods in order 
to reduce the levels of noise output, and to ensure that the running of the units is 
virtually undetectable.
Local labour was used throughout the project, employing locally based resources and 
specialists and supporting local economies and communities. This resulted in less 
travel and reductions in carbon emissions.
Number of local people 
employed on the contract
39
Carbon 
savings p.a.
136,561kgCO2
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
31
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Sustainability continued
Our customers continued
Health and safety continued 
Health and Safety Week 2022 continued
When it comes to looking after our people, we have 
robust procedures in place to ensure that our employees 
are competent and supported in their roles. This is done 
via both internal and external industry specific training 
and is tailored dependent on the type of role and business. 
Supporting this is our Online Academy which provides 
a suite of mandatory safety courses tailored to suit our 
needs for health and safety essentials, which enables 
our employees to undertake core training on the go. 
The SHEQ Forum is well established and consists of our 
highly skilled and trained health and safety professionals 
across the Group. We believe the ongoing health and 
well-being of our people is as important as their on-site 
safety and we are continually developing and delivering 
initiatives to support this. The Forum released a new 
‘Spot the Hazard’ safety initiative this year, which is 
a quarterly Group-wide competition that aims to get 
colleagues engaged in health and safety and promotes 
identifying potential hazards. 
Every year we look for new ways to improve our health 
and safety performance across the Group, and this is 
underpinned by the health and safety strategy. These 
improvements include reward and incentive schemes, 
raising awareness, participation and consultation and 
improving near hit/close call reporting. 
Our environment 
Reducing our impact through 
fleet efficiencies 
During 2022 we have continued the planned transition 
to a commercial fleet of electric vehicles (‘EVs’), replacing 
the current diesel equivalents. The new EVs have been 
placed within a number of businesses, with the drivers 
using them selected following analysis of telematics 
data. The drivers of the new EVs are a mix of engineers 
and supervisory staff to enable us to better understand 
where the efficiencies of the technology lie. This data 
will allow us to optimise those efficiencies as we continue 
the transition to EVs, with more vehicles on order and 
new courses in driver training being created. 
To support our investment in zero emissions vehicles, 
we have partnered with Octopus Energy to supply drivers 
with Ohme intelligent home chargers and smart energy 
tariffs, further leveraging our partner relationships to 
deliver on our environmental commitments. 
ESG Committee 
The Group has put in place a committee comprised of 
senior leaders from across our businesses, specifically 
focused on ESG and ensuring the Group’s sustainability 
targets and growth strategy are aligned and that year 
on year our performance across a range of ESG 
themes continues to progress well and in line with 
Board expectations. 
Non-EV commercial 
vehicles which currently 
meet Euro 6-compliant 
emission standards
97%
Zero emissions vehicles in 
the fleet
11%
Carbon savings through 
fleet improvements
1,874kg
Waste diverted from landfill
90%
Reducing carbon emissions 
When planning, undertaking and delivering our work, 
how best to protect the natural environment and help 
sustain it for the future is always a key consideration 
for Sureserve. We believe that every business should 
carefully manage and measure its impacts and doing 
so is a key part of our own Group strategy. 
As part of this, we continuously monitor potential 
impacts, promote awareness and do everything we can 
to reduce risks. Our Environmental Management System, 
underpinned by our ISO 14001 accreditation, ensures 
that we go further than simply meeting legal 
requirements and ensures that we are consistently 
driving continual improvements. 
As a Group we ensure that all environmental risks and 
opportunities are taken into consideration and carefully 
managed. As part of this risk management, the number of 
environmental incidents is reported to the plc Board on a 
monthly basis and in 2022 we have had only two incidents. 
The Sureserve Group understands the importance 
of reducing our carbon footprint, reducing our waste 
consumptions and conserving wildlife. The key 
environmental areas on which we focus are energy 
efficiency, carbon management and waste diversion. 
We monitor and analyse all these aspects and set local 
targets to ensure continual improvement. 
Our vehicles 
Over the past few years we have continued to replace 
our existing fleet with the most efficient Euro 6 vehicles 
available, which now account for 97% of the fleet. 
We have also begun the transition to a fully electric 
fleet of vehicles, ensuring we make good progress 
in achieving our ESG targets for 2030. 
All of our commercial vehicles are tracked, speed 
restricted and fitted with start/stop technology to help 
reduce any idling time. 
Group achieves carbon neutrality
Working with the Carbon Trust this year 
we achieved PAS 2060 certification 
across all operations for our Scope 1 
and 2 emissions and Scope 3 business 
travel and waste, for all UK operations 
for the financial reporting year, 
1 October 2020–30 September 2021.
PAS 2060 is the internationally recognised 
specification for carbon neutrality and 
sets out requirements for quantification, 
reduction and offsetting of greenhouse 
gas (‘GHG’) emissions for organisations 
such as the Sureserve Group. 
This is another step in our journey to 
reduce the total carbon footprint of our 
activities, and underpins our commitment 
to developing carbon reduction goals 
and driving improvements and initiatives 
across our businesses. Our fleet of zero 
emissions vehicles continues to grow, 
with strong infrastructural support 
through energy partnerships and the 
installation of a network of charging 
points. Energy audits of our offices now 
allow us to improve efficiencies as well 
as deliver yet more carbon reducing 
measures. We are working towards 
achieving zero waste to landfill by 2030 
and are intent on delivering annual 
mandatory environmental training for 
100% of our workforce, increasing 
employee awareness and engagement 
with energy efficiency and carbon 
reduction practices.
32
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Action taken to improve energy efficiency 
Our Energy Management System underpins our core 
business values and enables us to identify the required 
actions needed to improve our energy consumption and 
efficiencies. This has included: 
	
e Replacing 11% of existing fleet vehicles with EVs 
and others with the most efficient Euro 6 vehicles 
available, which now account for 97% of the fleet 
	
e Utilising telematics to identify high risk drivers 
through idling, speeding, harsh braking and cornering 
metrics. This enables us to track fuel consumption 
and look at driver behaviours to drive improvements 
	
e Enhancing staff awareness with training modules 
on our internal Online Training Academy 
	
e Undertaking energy audits at each of our head office 
locations to look at the SEUs and what changes can 
be made to reduce electricity and gas consumption 
Energy intensity metric
Tonnes CO2e per
 
£m revenue
2022 
10,025 t CO2 / 310 = 32.4 
2021 
10,017 t CO2 / 244 = 41.1 
Revenue/tonnes of CO2e 
For carbon reporting we use the Carbon Trust 
conversion factors provided in their publication energy 
and carbon conversions 2020 update. This provides us 
with the formula to convert kWh into CO2. We review 
all new published materials and apply new and updated 
formulas when made available. 
An energy intensity metric has been calculated using 
the number of tonnes of CO2 emitted per million 
pounds of revenue to provide a metric against which 
the Group will measure current and future energy 
usage performance. This measure takes account of 
the differing consumption between divisions and the 
respective revenue of those divisions. 
Carbon reduction target 
	
e To reduce the energy consumption of the office 
premises via electricity and gas by 1% 
	
e To reduce the energy consumption of the fleet 
(business and grey) by 1% 
We monitor energy consumption at all our offices and 
utilise a fuel card system to monitor our fleet consumptions. 
By analysing data, we use it to set stretching but realistic 
annual reduction targets. We report Group consumption 
to the plc Board each month and create annual energy 
reviews and baseline reports to identify and highlight 
annual performance and improvement opportunities. 
Our carbon usage for this reporting year was 10,025 
tonnes of CO2, which shows an increase of 0.07% on 
the 10,017 tonnes usage in 2021.
Driver behaviour 
All of our commercial vehicles are fitted with telematics 
which enable us to track our on-road driver behaviour 
through driver scorecards and league tables. This identifies 
any high risk drivers through speeding, harsh braking 
and cornering metrics. By monitoring and improving 
our drivers’ performance, this will have a positive effect 
on our fuel consumption and the wear and tear on the 
vehicle and reduce the possibility of being involved in 
a road traffic incident. 
The Sureserve Group’s average driver score has 
improved to 92 (out of 100) since the adoption of the 
telematics systems, with 95 being our Group target. 
SECR 
Achieving a substantial reduction in our use of energy 
is one of our core priorities as we strive to reduce our 
carbon footprint, both at a local level within each 
business unit and across the Group as a whole. 
We hold the ISO 50001 accreditation and have a robust 
Energy Management System which enables us to monitor 
energy performance and drive continual improvements. 
We apply its guidance across the Group, not only to 
ensure we comply with all legal and other requirements 
but also to help us improve our performance and reduce 
our carbon consumption. We collate energy data on a 
monthly basis focusing on our significant energy uses 
(‘SEUs’) which have been defined as: 
	
e The fleet for business use 
	
e Electricity 
	
e Gas 
The Group has implemented the Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) requirements in the year and 
the results are shown below. 
Total consumption of energy supplies 
(2021/22 consumption kWh) 
2021 
2022
Utility and scope
Scope
kWh
kWh
Grid-supplied 
electricity 
2 
2,678,852 
1,502,957 
Natural gas 
1 
1,206,419 
372,976 
Transportation 
1 38,409,137 36,149,701 
Total
42,294,408 38,025,634
Total emissions from energy usage 
(2021/22 emissions CO2) 
2021 
2022
Utility and scope
Scope 
CO2e
CO2e
Grid-supplied 
electricity 
2 
645.5t 
201.2t
Natural gas 
1 
221.5t 
67.1t
Transportation 
1 
9,150t 
9,612t
Total
10,017t 
10,025t
“Every day our 
people are in homes 
and communities 
across the UK, 
much of the time 
installing or 
maintaining energy 
efficiency measures 
and making sure 
people are warm 
and safe in their 
homes. This is an 
exciting step 
towards building 
zero emissions into 
that service 
delivery, improving 
air quality and 
delivering 
sustainable 
improvements to 
our operational 
commitments.” 

Peter Smith, 
Chief Executive Officer
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
33
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Non-financial and sustainability information statement
In this Annual Report we recognise climate change as a principal 
risk. The Group is determined to be the UK’s leading provider of 
social housing energy services in the future and we will be focusing 
on assessing the importance of those climate-related risks likely 
to impact on our growth strategy and business model during FY23 
and going forward. Resilience is a key focus area within our growth 
strategy and mitigating climate change risks through investment 
and innovation will also help us to support our clients and their 
customers on their journey to Net Zero. 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) regulations 
were signed into law on 17 January 2022 and large businesses such as 
ourselves are required to report for financial years starting on or after 
6 April 2022. Although not a requirement, the Board has taken the decision 
to include a TCFD section in this year’s Annual Report so as to demonstrate 
commitment in our consideration of climate issues and support the transition 
to a low-carbon, more sustainable business.
The Group is fully committed to aligning our work regarding climate-related 
risks with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD), providing our stakeholders with information 
relating to climate-related risks and opportunities relevant to our business. 
As we develop our climate-related risks and opportunities disclosures, the 
targets and metrics we use will be expanded upon.
Assurance
The Group has ISO 14001 accreditation, ensuring an effective 
environmental management system (EMS), and ISO 50001 accreditation, 
the newly revised international standard for Energy Management providing 
a robust framework for optimising energy efficiency in the business. 
The Group also achieved PAS 2060 accreditation for our Scope 1 and 2 
emissions and Scope 3 Business Travel and Waste, for all UK operations 
for the financial reporting year, 1st October 2020–30th September 2021. 
The process for this accreditation involved the measurement, reduction, 
offsetting and documentation of our emissions.
Approach to climate risk
Climate risk identification and assessment
The Group intends to begin a detailed review of the key risks to and 
opportunities for the Group’s business model to fully understand the 
implications of climate change. This review will include likely timeframes 
relating to each risk having an impact on the business, as well as the degree 
of financial impact expected. The review will look at both the effects of 
changing weather as well as the economic and regulatory transitions 
necessary for the business and its stakeholders to mitigate risks.
The Group understands that to effectively determine and understand the 
risks and opportunities to the business relating to climate change, there 
must be engagement with both scientific and socio-economic predictions. 
Management will review the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities 
on the Group’s business plan, financial forecasts and risk register during 
FY23 through this climate lens.
In line with TCFD guidelines we have structured the following sections 
around the four thematic areas as recommended by the TCFD; governance, 
strategy, risk management and metrics and targets.
Governance
Disclose the organisation’s governance around climate-related issues 
and opportunities.
Principle 1 
Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-related 
risks and opportunities 
The Board has overall responsibility for overall risks and opportunities 
and ensures the adequacy of mitigation measures in place during the year.
In the paragraphs below we present a number of the initiatives we have 
undertaken as part of our decarbonisation plan.
Since 2020 we have reported our carbon consumption and emissions 
in line with Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) 
legislation. The information provided to the Board includes Scope 1 
and 2 data and Scope 3 data covering business travel and waste.
In 2020 the Board-initiated plans to replace diesel commercial vehicles 
in the Group’s fleet with EV equivalents. This is an important part of our 
carbon reduction plans for Scope 1 carbon emissions and there was 
an increase of 7.6% of EV vehicles in fleet this year. The Board receives 
regular updates regarding fleet efficiencies and the ongoing efficacy 
of commercial EV use, and have also been involved in directing 
businesses to support the expanding use of EVs through the planned 
installation of domestic and office-based charging points.
Carbon Reduction Plans are in place for each business, reports being 
made available annually across the period 1 December to 31 January. 
The Board has agreed strategic targets to cut carbon emissions by 
2% for Fleet emissions and 1% for electricity/gas emissions.
With Board approval businesses have undertaken 36 separate energy 
efficiency audits to offices across the Group in the year, with savings 
of 34,252kgCO2 delivered through measures installed.
Carbon neutrality was achieved this year via PAS 2060 accreditation 
covering the period 01/10/2020–30/09/2021 as awarded by the 
Carbon Trust. Group emissions verified by the Carbon Trust were offset 
through forestry and landscape, grassland and renewable energy 
initiatives purchased through ClimateCare. It was recognised that Scope 
3 categories outside of business travel and waste were not included 
due to lack of available data. This also recognised the Group’s intention 
to keep the boundary under review and consider the extension of this 
measurement to incorporate other relevant Scope 3 categories in future. 
This year is the Group’s first reporting 
against using the TCFD 
framework. The Board 
has begun to look 
more closely at 
climate‑related risks 
and opportunities 
in 2023, though 
these have not 
yet been fully 
introduced into 
the existing risk 
register. In 
addition, in 2023 
the Board will look 
to introduce and 
implement some of the 
specific requirements 
relating to TCFD reporting.
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
Business 
management
G
r
o
u
p
 
R
i
s
k
 
C
o
m
m
i
t
t
e
e
G
r
o
u
p
 
E
S
G
 
C
o
m
m
i
t
t
e
e
G
r
o
u
p
 
A
u
d
it
 
C
o
m
m
i
t
t
e
e
B
o
ar
d
 o
f 
D
ir
e
c
t
o
rs
34
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Principle 2 
Describe management’s role in assessing and managing 
climate-related risks and opportunities 
The Executive Management Team is responsible for managing 
climate‑related risks and opportunities. 
During 2022 the Group put in place an ESG Committee, chaired by 
the Director of one of the Group Companies specialised in renewable 
energy, with other members representing key senior stakeholder roles 
across our businesses. The ESG Committee meets every quarter and 
receives performance updates regarding:
	
e Office-based energy audits, carbon saving measures fitted and 
related carbon savings
	
e Ongoing transition of diesel to EVs and related carbon savings
	
e Waste diverted from landfill figures
The Committee ensures progress is in line with expectations, develops 
responses for mitigation when necessary, and delivers reports to both 
the EMT and Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.
Climate-related risks are not currently explicitly reviewed by the 
businesses. There are plans for the Group Risk Committee to undertake 
a more detailed and thorough risk assessment of climate‑related risks 
as we develop our risk mitigation in this area. The Group Risk Committee 
is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and comprises the Group 
Company Secretary, and the Group functional heads of HR, IT and 
health and safety. The Group Risk Committee reports into the Group 
Audit Committee.
Principle 4: 
Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities 
on the Company’s businesses, strategy and financial planning 
As part of our growth strategy, we have identified a number of specific 
climate-related risks as below.
The Board intends to develop and widen the scope of our climate-
related risks and opportunities to include physical and transitional risks 
during FY23.
Risks
	
e Carbon pricing A significant part of the Group’s activities are in 
gas heating, meaning that Government legislation created to reduce 
emissions will have an effect on material costs and increase demand 
for low-carbon measures. The Group’s growing renewables 
expertise offers some mitigation to this risk
	
e Supply chain shortages The effect of extreme weather events 
or changes in climate resulting in shortages of materials or products
	
e Weather disruption Extreme weather conditions such as longer, 
colder winters; longer, hotter summers or flooding, impacting travel, 
delivery of products, energy provision or IT infrastructure
	
e New technology The support of new technologies within the 
renewables or energy efficiency markets may require significant 
capital investment and upskilling or recruitment of skilled labour
Opportunities
	
e Become the supplier of choice for social housing energy 
services Driven by our renewables capability, expertise, insight 
and data we are in a position to provide a comprehensive service 
to Housing Associations’ and Local Authorities’ decarbonisation 
activities on their way to net zero
	
e New technology Early adoption of new technologies with the 
necessary operational capabilities will offer us an advantage in 
emerging markets
	
e Sustainable practices The investment in low-carbon materials 
and practices delivers financial savings and enhanced reputation
	
e Access to Government funding for Decarbonisation 
Significant knowledge and experience to provide support to clients 
to access funding mechanisms 
	
e Achieve strong results in our social value delivery Across 
a range of growing areas we can support the teaching of energy 
efficiency in schools, supporting biodiversity in our communities, 
and be a key partner in combatting climate change across the UK
Financial planning
Financial planning is an important part of our strategy and the 
commitment of clients and Government to achieve carbon emissions 
savings targets, and significant investment is available to realise this. 
The Group’s operations in social housing as well as Public Buildings 
are open to investment through Government Decarbonisation funds, 
both the Social Housing Decarbonisation Fund (‘SHDF’) and Public 
Sector Decarbonisation Scheme (‘PSDS’), with £800m and £1.425bn 
committed over the next three years through each respectively. A number 
of other key funding schemes including the Domestic Renewables Heat 
Incentive (‘RHI’) and the Green Homes Grant also remain available.
Strategy
Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and 
opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial 
planning where such information is material.
Principle 3: 
Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities 
the organisation has identified over the short, medium 
and long term
The Group’s Growth Strategy 2021–2026 outlines the opportunities 
identified in helping our customers meet their decarbonisation targets 
and sets out our purpose and ambition to deliver reliable and efficient 
energy and energy transition for Social Housing in the UK.
Amongst our social housing clients, the transition to renewables has been 
slow, and current energy supply volatility adds urgency to this transition. 
Adopting the right renewables technologies and ensuring a skilled and 
knowledgeable workforce and developing appropriate information 
systems to deliver them is essential for us to be able to proactively engage 
with and support our clients through their decarbonisation strategies. 
Our capacity to provide energy efficiency and renewables services in 
an expanding energy transition landscape will be impacted on if there 
are failures to deliver these areas of progress.
Our deeper understanding of these risks and identification of further 
climate-related risks will be a focus in FY23.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
35
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Non-financial and sustainability information statement continued
Strategy continued
Principle 5: 
Describe the resilience of the Company’s strategy, taking into 
consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 
2°C or lower scenario 
Our risk management process currently does not include climate-related 
scenario planning, specifically that related to 2oC or higher impacts on 
the business. This will be undertaken in 2023. As such the Company 
does not comply with Principle 5.
Principle 7: 
Describe how processes for managing climate-related risks, 
including how the Company makes decisions to mitigate, 
transfer, accept risks, etc.
A key focus of our strategy is to reduce risk and build a sustainable and 
profitable business. All risks, are reviewed on a quarterly basis. If at this 
time a risk’s net risk score is recorded as high, we will review development 
regarding this risk on a more frequent basis. The same process will be 
applied to climate-related risks in FY23.
A full review of our Principal risks and uncertainties can be found on 
pages 45 to 47.
Principle 8: 
Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and 
managing climate-related risks are integrated into the 
Company’s overall risk management
The Groups risk management process approaches all risks with the 
same method. A full account of our risk assessment process can be 
found on page 45. The Group Risk Committee, with the Chief Financial 
Officer as chair, are ultimately responsible for the Group’s risk register 
and in turn report to the Group Audit Committee. Processes described 
under Principle 7 will be applied in the development of our climate risk 
framework in the year.
Metrics and targets
Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant 
climate-related risks and opportunities where such information is material.
Principle 9: 
Disclose the metrics used by the Company to assess 
climate‑related risks and opportunities in line with its 
strategy and risk management processes
For carbon reporting we use the Carbon Trust conversion factors 
provided in their publication energy and carbon conversions 2020 
update. This provides us with the formula to convert kWh into CO2. 
We review all new published materials and apply new and updated 
formulas when made available.
The Group has implemented the Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (‘SECR’) requirements in the year and the results are 
shown below. 
Total consumption of energy supplies 
(2021/22 consumption kWh) 
2021 
2022
Utility and scope
Scope 
kWh
kWh
Grid-supplied electricity 
2 
2,678,852 
1,502,957 
Natural gas 
1 
1,206,419 
372,976 
Transportation 
1 38,409,137 36,149,701 
Total
42,294,408 38,025,634
Total emissions from energy usage 
(2021/22 emissions CO2) 
2021 
2022
Utility and scope
Scope 
CO2e
CO2e
Grid-supplied electricity 
2 
645.5t 
201.2t
Natural gas 
1 
221.5t 
67.1t
Transportation 
1 
9,150t 
9,612t
Total
10,017t 
10,025t
Principle 10: 
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, Scope 3, greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions, and related risks in SECR
The Group reports Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in 
the Sustainability Report on page 33. The Company does not fully comply 
with Principle 10, as Scope 3 emissions are not collected at this time.
Principle 11: 
Describe the targets used by the Company to manage 
climate-related risks and opportunities and performance 
against targets
Targets for climate-related risks and opportunities have not yet been 
set, but are an area of focus for FY23 alongside our assessment of 
climate-related risks.
	 A full review of our Principal risks and uncertainties 
can be found on pages 45 to 47
Risk Management
Disclose how the organisation identifies, assesses and manages 
climate-related risks.
Principle 6: 
Describe the Company’s processes for identifying and 
assessing climate-related risks 
We have a detailed and comprehensive risk management process, 
covering all aspects of strategic, operational and financial risks. Risks 
are regularly reviewed by the businesses under the governance of a 
Group Risk Committee which regularly reviews the Group risk register, 
controls and mitigating actions. The Group Risk Committee is chaired 
by the Chief Financial Officer and comprises the Group Company 
Secretary, and the Group functional heads of HR, IT and health and 
safety. The Group Risk Committee reports into the Group Audit 
Committee, that subsequently reports to the Board. Both the Group 
Audit Committee and Board review the risk register on a quarterly basis. 
Currently our risk management process does not include an overarching 
climate-related risk category and this will be a focus area in FY23.
36
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Despite the broader economic challenges the UK 
currently faces, we continue to provide services 
that are both essential to our clients and the 
communities we serve, and form an important part 
of the energy transition currently underway. 
Group summary
As we announced in our full-year results last year, the 
Group’s growth strategy will build on our expertise, 
experience and leading position in the market as a 
social housing energy services provider across the UK. 
We believe that by combining selective and targeted 
acquisitions alongside developing organic growth 
opportunities, there is potential for continued substantial 
growth within the Group in the years ahead.
We were pleased to announce during FY22 that we 
achieved carbon neutrality for our Scope 1 and 2 
emissions and Scope 3 Business Travel and Waste, 
for all UK operations for the financial reporting year, 
1 October 2020–30 September 2021. Working with 
the Carbon Trust, we have taken steps to calculate the 
Group’s carbon footprint and satisfactorily offset this to 
achieve carbon neutrality in accordance with PAS 2060.
We are proud to support ex-Forces personnel and 
reservists in rewarding, long term careers across our 
businesses. We recognise the valuable experience 
and skills offered by ex-service men and women. As a 
signatory of the Armed Forces Covenant and through a 
close partnership with CTP (Career Transition Partnership) 
we continue to create exciting opportunities to join 
the Group.
The Group had a strong financial year, continuing the 
momentum seen in the prior year, despite the broader 
macroeconomic environment and inflationary cost 
pressures. This demonstrates the resilience of the 
business model which is based on predictable and 
recurring revenues in areas supported by non‑discretionary 
and regulatory led spend. Our growth is underpinned 
by high levels of long term contracts and frameworks for 
which we have continued to see high appointment and 
retention levels. We are also continuing to see an 
increase in contract lengths, with a number of contracts 
of over seven years in duration recently won, taking the 
average contract length to six years. Our client base, 
largely of local authorities and housing associations, 
provides us with sustainable partnerships that we regard 
as blue chip.
As previously reported our refreshed strategy is to drive 
growth from within our specialism of social housing 
energy services (‘SHES’). We believe this focus plays 
to our core strengths and in identifying business areas 
where we have an established market position, we can 
maximise our growth potential. The results below have 
therefore been presented on a continuing operations 
basis (including the SHES business and central costs) 
and do not include our fire and electrical or lift businesses 
which are classified as being held for sale (with the 2021 
prior-year comparatives being restated).
The Group delivered year on year revenue growth of 
27.0% to £275.1m (FY21: £216.6m). This was driven by 
strong organic growth from new contract wins, extensions 
and additional spending from certain clients, together 
with the inclusion of CorEnergy which was acquired 
in December 2021. We saw strong growth across our 
gas compliance businesses from contract wins and 
extensions, and an increase in the level of renewables 
work, particularly in the Aaron Services business. 
The energy efficiency, renewables and smart metering 
businesses also saw significant growth compared to last 
year. Part of this was a return to more normalised trading 
levels where revenues had been impacted in the prior 
year from Covid-19 restrictions in place, particularly in 
the energy efficiency and smart metering businesses. 
However, we also saw increases from planned growth 
in smart metering from investments in additional people 
and training. This increases our operational capabilities 
and improves opportunity through our partnership with 
our utility clients. 
“The energy 
efficiency, 
renewables and 
smart metering 
businesses also saw 
significant growth 
compared to FY21.”
Financial performance – continuing operations

12 months to
30 September
2022
12 months to
30 September
2021
Continuing operations: year ended 30 September
(restated)
Change
Revenue (£m)*1
275.1
216.6
27.0%
EBITA (£m)*2
16.8
12.3
36.6%
EBITA margin
6.1%
5.7%
0.4ppts
*1	 Revenue figures are after exclusions for intercompany trading which accounts for a total of £0.9m in 2022 and 
£3.0m in 2021.
*2	 EBITA is defined as operating profit before amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles, impairment of goodwill 
and acquisition costs. 
Operational review
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
37
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Operational review continued
Group summary continued
EBITA increased by 36.6% to £16.8m (FY21: £12.3m), 
with this additional profitability driven by a combination 
of factors. Improved EBITA performance within gas was 
revenue and volume led, following contract wins and 
extensions. CorEnergy profitability was a positive benefit 
compared to the prior year. This is pleasing and also 
resulted in a positive impact to FY22 EBITA, both in 
absolute terms and on a margin basis. The Providor 
headcount and training investments made in the first 
half of this year impacted the overall EBITA margin but 
will result in future benefit as scale continues to increase.
Looking forward
We remain optimistic around opportunities for continued 
growth within the Group, which underpins our refreshed 
strategy. We believe our businesses have a positive 
outlook, with many opportunities for growth ahead. 
Our strong position is reinforced by the Government’s 
continued emphasis on a net zero target for carbon 
emissions by 2050 with current legislation supporting 
this target. The Group and our experienced management 
teams are well placed to support our clients through 
the energy transition, and we will continue to monitor 
developments as opportunities present themselves. 
The current energy environment in the UK has prompted 
additional actions from the Government. One such action, 
announced in November 2022, is the introduction of a 
new £1bn ECO+ scheme, which will provide funding for 
hundreds of thousands of homes across the country to 
install new home insulation. This is part of wider actions 
across energy policy to help the UK meet its ambition 
of becoming energy independent. The new scheme will 
extend support to those who do not currently benefit from 
any other Government support to upgrade their homes 
and is in addition to the existing £6.6bn ‘Help to Heat’ 
energy schemes. Around one-fifth of the £1bn fund will 
also be targeted towards the most vulnerable, including 
those on means tested benefits or in fuel poverty. 
The Group has been active in delivering other Energy 
Company Obligation (‘ECO’) schemes and is well placed 
to benefit from these new opportunities as they arise. 
Energy services and future energy transition is a core 
focus moving forward and we believe we have developed 
a successful basis for achieving growth both organically 
and through acquisition. Our established presence in the 
installation of solar PV works, battery storage projects, 
energy efficient lighting, air source heat pumps and 
electric vehicle charging points presents our experienced 
management team with attractive growth opportunities 
going forward that we are well placed to deliver on. The 
backdrop of climate change and ongoing Government 
initiatives, and future commitments, is believed likely to 
provide ongoing opportunities to increase our delivery 
in these, and associated, service areas.
Simon Stevens works as a Dual Fuel Engineer for Providor in what is known as the Highlands and Islands, and is one of the most northerly smart meter 
engineers in the country. Simon lives in John o’Groats, and drives one of the Group’s increasing number of electric commercial vehicles, and moving 
to a zero-emissions vehicle has created a great impression on his work.
‘Living in a rural community means that the environment and how we treat it is a huge thing for both me and my family, so to take 
delivery of a brand new, wholly electric van is a matter of huge importance to me. The cost savings are unbelievable. So far I have 
travelled 9,000 miles which based on a diesel van would have been about 14 full tanks at approx. So according to my charger data 
so far the cost saving has been over £1,500, let alone the carbon savings!’ 
Although Simon’s location is very rural, thanks to Orkney Council investment in infrastructure and new technologies, Simon is never more than 
30 miles away from a charge point.
‘Customers always ask about the van, what it’s like to drive and how much it costs to charge, so its a great way of interacting 
with customers and highlighting cost savings. I look forward to the EV journey going forward and experiencing the benefits 
it brings as we do our bit to help the planet.’
DELIVERING ENERGY EFFICIENCY SERVICES TO REMOTE COMMUNITIES
Order book from 
continuing operations 
£593.5m
38
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

As we communicated at the time, purchasing CorEnergy 
is a key example of the type of strategic acquisition we 
wish to pursue. CorEnergy is a business focused on 
delivering sustainable energy solutions for public and 
private sector organisations, supplementing our energy 
services and immediately enhancing earnings for the 
Group. In line with our refreshed strategy, we will 
continue to review other appropriate acquisition 
opportunities as we expand our scale, service mix 
and geographical offering.
The nature of our Group, particularly our gas businesses, 
remains as a core service provider to customers, including 
vital emergency repair and testing services to properties. 
Our continued growth further strengthens our position 
in the gas sector, with a true national reach and market 
leading businesses. Nearly all of our gas contracts 
include annual contractual price increases which are 
either CPI linked, or another associated price index 
linked, with the increase typically falling due on the 
contract anniversary date. Consequently, we are well 
positioned to continue our growth both organically and 
through further acquisitions in what are mostly fragmented 
and regional markets. Each of the gas businesses 
achieved double-digit revenue growth and we remain 
confident that our experienced leadership in this stable 
sector provides a strong platform for further growth and 
cash generation underpinned by a strong order book.
While we are not exposed to fluctuations in wholesale 
gas prices given our position as an installer and maintainer 
of heating assets, we are well positioned to benefit 
from UK Government initiatives to reduce fuel poverty, 
particularly in times when wholesale energy prices are 
high for extended periods. Our role is to support our 
client base and the end user with compliant, safe and 
effective heating. In addition to the gas heating services 
and products we more generally work with, we are seeing 
increased demand for alternative heat sources. This 
includes, but is not limited to, air source heat pumps. 
The Government has targeted 600,000 heat pump 
installations per year by 2028 as part of its 2050 net 
zero initiative. We therefore believe this will continue to 
be an area of focus and an opportunity for growth as we 
move forward. It is seen as largely supplementary to 
existing revenue streams.
The Board is encouraged that high bidding success 
rates, and contract retention levels, continue to be 
achieved by the Group. The order book from continuing 
operations totalled £593.5m at the end of September 
2022. This represented an 18.0% increase compared 
to last year (September 2021: £502.9m). On an overall 
Group basis, the order book totalled £640.2m (2021: 
£527.1m). This provides visibility over future revenue, 
profitability and cash flow, and allows longer term planning 
to occur, which helps drive efficiency. The order book 
is consistent with our previously stated view around our 
targeted efforts on long term contracts that provide 
opportunities to deliver profitably in our core areas. 
We continue to target securing contracts with long term 
visibility and robust value. We remain confident in our 
future profitable growth with a significantly increased 
order book value and good visibility on future earnings, 
underpinning our belief in a robust financial outlook.
Operational summary
Gas
The Group’s gas businesses provide planned and 
responsive maintenance, installation and repair services 
predominantly to local authority and housing association 
clients, in the areas of domestic and commercial gas. 
These activities include the installation of lower carbon 
renewable technologies such as air source heat pumps. 
Each of the three gas businesses, Sure Maintenance, 
K&T Heating and Aaron Services, delivered double-digit 
growth compared to the prior year. Following the increase 
in size of Aaron Services, both organically and from the 
acquisition of Vinshire in 2021, the three gas businesses 
are now more similar in revenue size. In addition to winning 
new business, this is in part due to the contractual price 
increase mechanisms included within nearly all of the 
contracts. The latter has helped to mitigate against some 
of the temporary cost pressures experienced during the 
year resulting in increased profitability. As well as 
project-based work, we provide contracted service and 
repair work throughout the year. The gas businesses 
normally have more callouts during colder months, 
resulting in higher labour and materials costs. This 
seasonality drives higher levels of profitability and cash 
generation in the warmer months when call-out rates 
are lower, and a proportion of our engineers can be 
redeployed to jobs that yield further income. As a result, 
a significant proportion of the annual profit occurs during 
the second half of the financial year.
The gas businesses continued their track record of 
new wins during the year. The most significant awards 
included a Gas Servicing, Repair and Installation 
Contract with L&Q for £68.0m over an eight-year period; 
a heating services, repairs and installations contract with 
Longhurst Group for up to £30.0m over a maximum of 
five years; a contract with Metropolitan Thames Valley 
Housing valued at more than £20.0m for domestic, 
commercial heating and electrical works over a four-year 
term; £20.0m of work over a maximum of 10 years for 
heating servicing, repairs and installations on behalf of 
the London Borough of Tower Hamlets; a 10-year gas 
servicing and maintenance contract with Wandle Housing 
Association for over £10.0m; and an award of £10.0m 
over 10 years with Southend-on-Sea Borough Council.
Other notable achievements included the improvement 
of energy efficiency at Widnes Vikings Stadium through 
the delivery of renewable energy upgrades for Halton 
Borough Council, and Sure Maintenance being 
recognised as Heating Contractor of the Year at the 
2022 ASCP Safety & Compliance Awards.
Water and air hygiene
H2O is our water and air risk assessment specialist 
provider across the UK. Performance of the business 
has continued to be positive with strong client service 
supporting consistent delivery. The business has again 
achieved several wins in the year including a number 
of individual awards for water testing and sampling 
including £0.7m with London Borough of Merton, £0.8m 
with Sanctuary Housing Group, £0.5m with Royal 
Borough of Kensington and Chelsea and in excess of 
£0.5m with Metropolitan Thames Valley Housing for 
water hygiene risk assessments and monitoring. 
“In line with our 
refreshed strategy, 
we will continue to 
review other 
appropriate 
acquisition 
opportunities as we 
expand our scale, 
service mix and 
geographical 
offering.”
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
39
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Operational review continued
Operational summary 
continued
Smart metering
Providor is our leading national installer of smart meters 
(operating as a meter asset manager and meter 
operator), undertaking work for utility suppliers which are 
required by the UK Government to install smart meters in 
every home across England, Wales and Scotland. The 
business is among the most experienced in the ongoing 
UK-wide roll-out and remains focused on existing contract 
delivery through to the current installation deadline 
of 31 December 2025. As of September 2022, over 26m 
of the newly installed meters were operating in smart 
mode. With more than 55m smart meter installations 
required in total, there remains a significant market 
opportunity ahead of the roll-out deadline.
The business has delivered considerable growth in the 
year from previous wins and extensions, supported in 
part by the recruitment of new engineers. The business 
continues to assess new revenue prospects, from both 
new clients and existing contractual relationships. This 
represents an ongoing opportunity to grow further with 
confidence over operational delivery. The business did 
witness short term challenges from the pandemic effects 
during the year, notably from employee absences midway 
through the first half of the year when high levels of 
Covid-19 isolation were experienced across the UK. 
Profitability has decreased compared to last year, largely 
due to the upfront investment costs associated with 
engineer recruitment and training as the business resized 
for future volume growth. The Group expects that this 
investment will result in improved long term margins as 
the business grows.
Providor has extensive experience of the national smart 
meter roll-out and continues to apply careful management 
to the situation. We consider our contractual positions 
while seeking to provide strong and secure employment 
for our engineers. We recognise that ongoing volatility 
in gas prices has adversely impacted numerous energy 
supplier businesses and their ability to trade. We are 
fortunate that our client base is the larger utility companies 
who are better placed to successfully navigate pricing 
volatility. In addition, Ofgem will tend to appoint these 
larger energy suppliers to take on the smart meter 
obligations of any failed suppliers. This may further 
increase the volume of future work with our existing 
customers. It may also give us access to more engineers 
via either direct employment or our subcontractor 
arrangements, where appropriate opportunities present. 
The UK Government has confirmed that it remains 
committed to the smart meter roll-out and that it aligns 
with its net zero commitment.
Energy efficiency and renewables
These businesses provide a range of energy efficiency 
services such as insulation, heating and energy efficient 
technologies. The latter includes air source heat pumps, 
solar PV, battery storage, energy efficient lighting and 
electric vehicle charging points through the Everwarm 
and CorEnergy businesses. Everwarm provides these 
services predominantly for social housing and private 
homes, through grant funding, with CorEnergy having 
a focus on non-domestic premises. The Everwarm 
business also includes our joint ventures, Warmworks 
and Arbed, which are similarly focused on energy 
efficiency works in domestic properties backed by 
Government funding.
Sureserve delivers energy efficiency measures that 
support carbon emissions savings for utility companies, 
enabling them to meet their legislative targets. The 
insulation operations are driven by seasonal influences, 
as we are unable to render or use the fixing glue 
necessary for insulation below certain temperatures. 
As a result, we typically experience a far larger number of 
productive working days in summer, compared to winter 
months, with higher revenues and margins normally 
achieved in the second half of the financial year. CorEnergy 
works are project based and therefore not subject to the 
same seasonality.
Results across our energy efficiency businesses saw 
increased profitability in the Everwarm business together 
with a positive contribution from the newly acquired 
CorEnergy business. Everwarm’s improved performance 
was principally due to the increase in revenues. We saw 
increased delivery and performance in comparison to 
last year within the Scottish Warmworks joint venture. 
This was due to a mix of growth in the business with new 
workstreams added and Warmer Homes Scotland work 
for the Scottish Government largely returning to normal 
compared to the prior year where Covid-19 restrictions 
had remained. Profit from the Arbed joint venture was 
also ahead of last year, but primarily resulted from 
one-off management actions related to the end of the 
Arbed 3 scheme. The contribution from CorEnergy since 
its acquisition in December 2021 has been positive and 
ahead of our expectations.
The energy efficiency and renewables businesses 
continued to see several large wins and awards as 
reflected in the order book growth. The largest win for 
Everwarm was a four-year energy services contract with 
Aberdeenshire Council for £10.0m. A number of other 
£1m+ wins and framework placements throughout the 
year give management confidence for further new work 
opportunities, along with existing client contracts and 
opportunities supporting the Warmworks joint venture. 
CorEnergy also saw a number of wins including works 
for Liverpool City Council for £2.5m, works in excess of 
£1.5m with Dorset Council, and various other ongoing 
“Results across our 
energy efficiency 
businesses saw 
increased 
profitability in the 
Everwarm business 
together with a 
positive contribution 
from the newly 
acquired CorEnergy 
business.”
“Our view remains 
that the Group’s 
significant wealth 
of management 
experience and client 
relationships gives 
our business a 
market leading 
proposition in energy 
services and 
energy transition.”
40
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

and associated works. We have already seen additional 
opportunities from CorEnergy’s involvement in the 
Group and access to frameworks and other tenders 
which may not have been available to it prior to 
acquisition. An example of this is the contract with the 
UK Ministry of Defence for solar PV procurement for 
£5.4m. We believe the complementary services offered 
by CorEnergy represent a continued opportunity for 
growth in the Group. 
We continue to believe we are well placed to deliver on 
behalf of our utility partners based on our management 
team’s extensive experience in this area. The ‘ECO4’ 
scheme, which commenced on 1 April 2022, commits 
funding of £1bn per year until 31 March 2026. 
Additionally, the ECO+ scheme announced in November 
2022 will provide a further £1bn in funding. This should 
provide further opportunity for Everwarm to deliver 
increased volumes.
The Public Sector Decarbonisation Scheme supports 
the aim of reducing emissions from public sector 
buildings by 75% by 2037. Phase 3B announced a 
further £635m of grant funding available for non-domestic 
public sector buildings for the financial years 2023 to 
2025, this scheme provides an ongoing revenue stream 
for CorEnergy for consultancy and contracting works for 
existing and new public sector clients. 
Our Warmworks joint venture delivering the Warmer 
Homes Scotland initiative for the Scottish Government 
saw continued momentum in performance and client 
delivery. The Warmworks joint venture announced the 
acquisition of Connected Response Ltd in December 
2021, which will provide a more diverse range of heating 
solutions to those in need and will continue to support 
the growth of the business.
As previously reported, the Arbed 3 programme for the 
Welsh Government has now concluded with details 
yet to be finalised for any successor scheme. We will 
monitor this alongside other appropriate opportunities. 
The joint venture has concluded the installation 
programme and is currently undertaking remaining 
post-installation obligations. The Group continues to 
work elsewhere in Wales, particularly the energy retrofit 
scheme with Pobl Group in Penderi.
Outlook
The continuity of key individuals and consistent growth 
have provided us with a stable platform to deliver quality 
services for our client base. Like many others, due to a 
combination of factors we are continuing to experience 
some upward cost pressures on certain materials, labour 
and fuel prices. However, we are well placed to address 
these challenges through our resilient business model, 
where we benefit from a high proportion of price-index 
linked contracts, and the experience of our management 
teams and workforce. Our long term collaborative 
approach with clients and key supply chain partnerships 
will assist us in continuing to mitigate cost pressures 
wherever possible. 
Our mix of customer propositions and service offerings 
based on established long term contractual relationships 
underpins our future prospects. We expect that the UK 
Government will remain committed to providing sufficient 
funding to address fuel poverty in this highly regulated 
sector. Our view remains that the Group’s significant 
wealth of management experience and client relationships 
gives Sureserve a market leading proposition in energy 
services and energy transition. We believe that our ECO 
credentials will allow us to continue to service our large 
utility clients as well as others. This means we are well 
placed to provide a high quality service to our customers 
and deliver effectively for all of our stakeholders. 
Our financial performance and order book growth have 
continued to improve throughout FY22, building on last 
year’s momentum. This is underpinned by high levels of 
long term contracts and frameworks for which we have 
continued to see high appointment and retention levels. 
Our client base, consisting largely of local authorities 
and housing associations, provides us with the continuity 
to move forward with partners which we regard as blue 
chip. Our plans support our ambitions to be the leading 
social housing energy services provider delivering 
projects that matter at the forefront of the UK energy 
transition. We remain confident in the ongoing prospects 
of the businesses.
Peter Smith
Chief Executive Officer
23 January 2023
“We continue to 
believe we are well 
placed to deliver on 
behalf of our utility 
partners based on 
our management 
team’s extensive 
experience 
in this area.”
“Our mix of customer 
propositions and 
service offerings 
based on 
established long 
term contractual 
relationships 
underpins our future 
prospects.”
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
41
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Financial review
Following the update to the Group’s strategy during the 
year, the Board of Directors has changed the basis of 
segmental reporting to move away from the previously 
reported two segment reporting basis (Compliance 
and Energy Services) to a single business segment 
of ‘Social Housing Energy Services’. As part of the 
updated strategy, the Group is looking to dispose of 
the Sureserve Fire and Electrical Limited and Precision 
Lift Services Limited entities and so these have been 
included as assets held for sale. The Social Housing 
Energy Services operating segment and central costs 
are shown as continuing operations and exclude these 
two businesses that are held for sale.
Group revenue from continuing operations*1, increased 
by 27.0% to £275.1m (2021: £216.6m), reflecting strong 
revenue growth across all businesses. CorEnergy, which 
was acquired in December 2021, has performed ahead 
of the Board’s expectations, contributing to Group 
revenue of £9.8m including the full revenue relating to 
the solar PV MOD contract, in conjunction with another 
group company, and achieving EBITA of £1.0m post 
acquisition. Total Group revenue from continuing and 
discontinued operations increased by 26.8% to 
£309.3m (2021: £244.0m).
Group EBITA from continuing operations*1,2 increased 
by 36.6% to £16.8m (2021: £12.3m) reflecting strong 
revenue growth, notwithstanding the inflationary 
macroeconomic backdrop experienced in the second 
half of the year, and the investments made in headcount 
and training in the smart metering business where 
headcount increased during the year to meet demand 
from our utility customers. Central costs were £3.4m 
(2021: £2.7m) with the increase primarily relating to 
higher IFRS 2 share scheme accounting charges, 
M&A advisory costs, as well as certain one-off items. 
Total Group EBITA from continuing and discontinued 
operations increased by 27.4% to £18.6m 
(2021: £14.6m).
The Group reported an operating profit*1 of £16.4m 
(2021: £12.1m), after £0.3m of amortisation charges for 
acquisition intangibles (2021: £nil), £nil impairment of 
goodwill (2021: £0.2m) and exceptional costs of £0.1m 
(2021: £nil) relating to acquisition costs for CorEnergy.
The net finance expense*1 was £0.9m (2021: £1.0m), 
and taxation*1 was £2.5m (2021: £2.0m). The profit after 
tax*1, was £13.1m (2021: £9.1m).
The Group reported an operating loss from discontinued 
operations of £1.7m (2021: operating profit of £2.7m), 
after a £3.5m goodwill impairment charge (2021: £nil) 
and exceptional income of £nil (2021: £0.4m). The loss 
after tax from discontinued operations was £2.0m (2021: 
profit after tax of £2.3m).
Finance expense
The net finance expense*1 was £0.9m (2021: £1.0m), 
which represented the interest charged on our borrowing 
facilities (net of finance income), together with the 
amortisation of loan arrangement fees and other interest, 
which totalled £0.3m (2021: £0.5m). The 2022 figure 
also includes £0.5m interest on lease agreements 
(2021: £0.5m) in accordance with IFRS 16.
Tax
The tax charge on the profit before tax*1 was £2.5m 
(2021: £2.0m). The effective tax rate of 15.9%, was lower 
than the statutory corporation tax rate of 19% due 
to true-up adjustments in respect of the prior-year 
tax charge and tax adjustments in relation to 
share‑based payments.
Our net cash tax payment*3 for the year was £3.1m 
(2021: £2.4m) reflecting the higher profitability of the 
Group during the year.
The net deferred tax asset as at 30 September 2022 
was £0.4m (2021: £0.3m). The movement primarily 
related to a reduction in the deferred tax on accelerated 
capital allowances being offset by additional deferred 
tax on short term timing differences and share-based 
payments. Further details are set out in note 26.
Sameet Vohra
Chief Financial 
Officer
A strong order book 
and future prospects
*1	 From continuing operations. Continuing operations comprises the Social Housing Energy Services division and Central costs segment. Sureserve Fire 
and Electrical Limited and Precision Lift Services Limited have been classified as assets held for sale and are excluded from continuing operations.
*2	 EBITA is defined as Operating profit before impairment of goodwill, amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles and exceptional items.
*3	 Adjusted basic earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations excluding impairment of goodwill, amortisation of acquisition-related 
intangibles, exceptional items and their associated tax effect.
*4	 From continuing and discontinued operations.
42
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Net cash 
At 30 September 2022, the Group had net cash (including cash balances in assets held for 
sale) excluding lease liabilities*4 of £23.3m (2021: £16.4m).
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
19,319
16,444
Unamortised finance costs (included in other receivables)
151
27
Net cash pre-lease liabilities 
19,470
16,471
Lease liabilities
(15,076)
(12,043)
Total net cash in continuing operations
4,394
4,428
Cash and cash equivalents in assets held for sale
3,989
—
Lease liabilities in assets held for sale
(599)
—
Total net cash (including lease liabilities)
Total net cash (excluding lease liabilities)
7,784
23,308
4,428
16,444
The total net cash, including lease liabilities*4 of £15.7m (2021: £12.0m), was £7.8m 
(2021: £4.4m).
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations 
were 8.0 pence (2021: 5.7 pence), based on profit after 
tax from continuing operations of £13.1m (2021: £9.1m). 
Group adjusted basic earnings per share*3 was 9.0 pence 
(2021: 7.0 pence).
Our statutory profit*4 for the year was £11.1m (2021: 
£11.4m). Based on the weighted average number of 
shares in issue during the year of 163.9m, this resulted 
in basic earnings per share of 6.8 pence (2021: 7.1 pence) 
from continuing and discontinued operations.
Cash flow performance
Our operating cash flow*4 for the period was an inflow 
of £16.4m (2021: £14.2m), and the management of 
working capital remains an area of continued focus. This 
includes accrued income, receivables and payables, and 
we manage these balances within our existing banking 
facilities. However, we recognise the importance of 
supporting our supply chain and have ensured that we 
have continued to pay our suppliers to contractual terms.
Acquisition of CorEnergy Limited
On 7 December 2021, the Group acquired the 
entire issued share capital of CorEnergy Limited. 
The consideration paid for CorEnergy was £6.6m, plus 
a working capital adjustment of £1.0m (paid in cash), 
taking the total consideration paid to £7.6m. £3.3m was 
satisfied through cash and a further £3.3m in the issue 
of 3,704,811 new ordinary shares of 10p each in 
Sureserve which were issued at an effective price 
of 89.4p each. 
Banking arrangements
In December 2021, the Group renewed its bank facilities 
to provide an overdraft facility of £5,000,000 together 
with a three-year revolving credit facility of £15,000,000 
which runs to 31 January 2025.
As at 30 September 2022 the revolving credit facility 
remained undrawn (2021: £nil), and remained undrawn 
as at the date of issuing this report. National Westminster 
Bank (‘NatWest’) continues to be an excellent and 
supportive banking partner. 
Statement of financial position
The principal items in our balance sheet are goodwill, 
right of use assets and working capital.
There was a decrease in goodwill of £1.5m from 
30 September 2021, due to the reallocation of 
goodwill relating to assets held for sale of £7.8m offset 
by an increase of £6.2m in relation to the acquisition 
of CorEnergy. As at 30 September 2022, there are 
£nil acquisition intangibles (2021: £nil) remaining on 
the statement of financial position as these have been 
fully amortised.
Right of use assets has increased by £2.8m to £14.4m 
(2021: £11.6m) which primarily relates to an increase 
in our commercial vehicle fleet over the year. 
Net current assets (excluding cash and lease liabilities)*4 
stood at £8.0m (2021: net current liability of £1.4m). 
Net current assets stood at £25.2m (2021: £11.0m).
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
43
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Statement of financial position continued
The principal balances in working capital are noted below and reflect a continued focus on working capital 
management:
As at 
30 September 
2022
As at 
30 September 
2021
£m
£m
Trade receivables
23.1
18.4
Accrued income
22.1
17.9
Trade payables
(31.2)
(24.9)
Accruals
(11.1)
(11.7)
*1	 From continuing operations. Continuing operations comprises the Social Housing Energy Services division and Central costs segment. Sureserve Fire 
and Electrical Limited and Precision Lift Services Limited have been classified as assets held for sale and are excluded from continuing operations.
*2	 EBITA is defined as Operating profit before impairment of goodwill, amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles and exceptional items.
*3	 Adjusted basic earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations excluding impairment of goodwill, amortisation of acquisition-related 
intangibles, exceptional items and their associated tax effect.
*4	 From continuing and discontinued operations.
Risks 
The Board considers strategic, financial and operational 
risks and identifies actions to mitigate those risks.
Our year-end review included an assessment of accrued 
income, of which the balance was £22.1m at the reporting 
date (2021: £17.9m), and this is regularly reviewed for 
impairment. Accrued income represents a balance 
sheet risk in our industry and we continue to ensure a 
balanced approach between risk and possible outcome 
on final invoicing. 
We continue to manage a number of potential risks and 
uncertainties, including claims and disputes which are 
common to other similar businesses which could have a 
material impact on short and longer term performance. 
The Board remains focused on the outcome of a number of 
contract settlements on which there is a range of outcomes 
for the Group in terms of both cash flow and impact on 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
In preparing our annual accounts, we have taken a view 
on the financial risk of pending claims and disputes 
and seek to provide in full for potential shortfalls, whilst 
taking account of potential counterclaims, such that we 
have a collectively balanced position of risk across all 
such matters. 
Going concern statement 
The Directors acknowledge the Financial Reporting 
Council’s ‘Guidance on going concern, risk and viability’ 
issued in June 2020. The Group’s business activities, 
together with factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position, are set out in the Strategic 
Report within the 2022 Annual Report. The financial 
position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial 
Review, as part of the Strategic Report of the 2022 
Annual Report. In addition, note 32 to the consolidated 
Financial Statements within the 2022 Annual Report 
includes details of the Group’s approach to financial 
risk management, its financial instruments and hedging 
activities, and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk.
In assessing the Group and Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, the Board reviews and 
approves the annual budget, three-year plan and a rolling 
12-month forecast, including forecasts of cash flows, 
borrowing requirements and covenant headroom. The 
Board reviews the Group’s sources of available funds 
and the level of headroom available against its committed 
borrowing facilities and associated covenants. The 
Group’s financial forecasts, considering possible 
sensitivities in trading, indicate that the Group will be 
able to operate within the level of its committed borrowing 
facilities and within the requirements of the associated 
covenants for the foreseeable future. NatWest remains 
very supportive of the Group and in December 2021, the 
Group renewed its bank facilities to provide an overdraft 
facility of £5,000,000 together with a three-year 
revolving credit facility of £15,000,000 which runs to 
31 January 2025. The Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and Company have adequate 
resources to continue their operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
Financial Statements.
Sameet Vohra
Chief Financial Officer
23 January 2023
Financial review continued
44
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties
We have a detailed and comprehensive risk management process, covering 
all aspects of strategic, operational and financial risks. 
Risks are regularly reviewed by the businesses under the governance of 
a Group Risk Committee which regularly reviews the Group risk register, 
controls and mitigating actions. The Group Risk Committee is chaired by 
the Chief Financial Officer and comprises the Group Company Secretary, 
and the Group functional heads of HR, IT and health and safety. 
The Group Risk Committee reports into the Group Audit Committee.
A key focus of our strategy is to reduce risk and build a sustainable and 
profitable business, with predictable recurring revenues and increasing 
margins. We constantly review our control and monitoring processes and 
our systems and work closely with our clients to understand how our 
marketplace is changing and how it is likely to change in the future. The 
commentary below details the main risks we currently face, their potential 
impact on our business, how we mitigate them, our net risk assessment, 
and the change in risk rating compared to the prior year. 
1
Changes in 
Government policy
The public sector and regulated 
industries provide a significant 
proportion of our revenue, so our 
business is heavily dependent on 
policies and programmes adopted 
by the UK, devolved national and 
local Governments.
Explanation of 
risk and impact
Significant changes to 
Government policy and legislation 
could have a material impact on 
our results. Policy, however, 
extends beyond legislation into 
client procurement methods; this 
includes the sudden withdrawal 
of confirmed budgets, the change 
in spend profile and mix by 
customers, changes in client 
staffing leading to alterations in 
priorities and difficulties in settling 
disputes and accounts for payment. 
Mitigation
Our diverse business has enabled us to manage the risks 
and focus our efforts on those markets where we feel 
there is the opportunity of earning a more predictable 
return. We recognise the importance of operational 
delivery in giving confidence to clients and maintain 
high standards of service and quality that allow us to set 
ourselves apart whilst generating a reasonable return 
on capital. We have also continued to invest in business 
development, through talented senior managers and 
experienced local leaders, aimed at building sustainable 
relationships with clients and securing long term contracts. 
Furthermore, our strategy on acquisitive growth also 
reduces the risk as we seek to move into renewable 
markets which are not as affected by Government policy. 
Net risk 
assessment
M
Moderate
Change 
in rating
–
No change
Major health and 
safety incident
We provide our services in a range 
of potentially high risk environments: 
in homes, in public buildings, at 
height, with water, in lifts, with 
electrical and gas services and 
as lone operatives in vans.
Explanation of 
risk and impact
There is potential for a major 
health and safety incident within 
the environment in which we work 
which could have significant 
impact on a person or people 
either directly, indirectly or not 
involved with the works we are 
undertaking. A significant health 
and safety incident could cause 
a serious injury or death, incur 
reputational loss or civil and 
criminal costs as a result of 
works undertaken by the Group. 
We are also faced with the 
perceived risk of the sector, with 
an increased nervousness of the 
insurance market around social 
housing contracting. 
Mitigation
As a business we continually review our investment in 
high quality staff and our performance in health and safety. 
This is underpinned by internal auditing, internal policies 
and procedures, accident incident analysis and compliance 
reporting. The accident frequency rate is an important 
Group KPI, and all accidents and incident statistics are 
reported to the Board on a monthly basis. We have a 
health and safety culture which is driven by the Managing 
Directors of the divisions and driven by our skilled health 
and safety team. Each business has a dedicated health 
and safety resource which has an open remit to attend any 
site at any time to offer support or audit. We have a robust 
UKAS-accredited health and safety management system 
which is administered by a health and safety team who 
provide support to the businesses at all stages. We 
adhere to strict internal mandatory training standards 
driven by job roles with persons in place to monitor and 
maintain training standards. This is supported by our 
Online Learning Academy which acts as a base for our 
core mandatory health and safety training courses. The 
SHEQ Forum is well established across the Group and 
meets regularly to review overall business performance 
and drive new safety initiatives, all of which are supported 
by our senior management team. 
Net risk 
assessment
L
Low
Change
in rating
–
No change
2
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
45
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Principal risks and uncertainties continued
5
3
4
Information security 
and data privacy
Information security, including 
data privacy, remains a risk that all 
businesses face with the protection 
and security of data and information 
assets critical to the running of the 
business, and ensuring compliance 
with legal requirements. 
Explanation of 
risk and impact
The Group holds a significant 
amount of confidential data 
and information assets. The 
prevalence of information security 
risks in society is increasing and 
threats are constantly evolving. 
A significant information security 
incident could have a major 
disruptive effect on the operations 
of the businesses, thereby 
affecting profitability, cashflow, 
could affect the reputation of 
individual businesses or the 
Group, and affect our customer’s 
confidence in working with us. 
Any data privacy breaches could 
also put the Group in a position of 
non-compliance with data privacy 
legislation which could result in 
significant fines and penalties. 
Mitigation
The Group has a dedicated information security team in 
place to not only prevent the potential loss or misuse of 
data, but also to ensure compliance with data privacy 
legislation. Detailed information security risk workshops 
have taken place during the year to identify and assess 
controls in place, and what further controls may be 
required. The Group’s IT infrastructure has been designed 
with information security controls in place, e.g. multi-factor 
authentication. Furthermore, employee training via the 
Sureserve Academy is undertaken by all staff, and 
simulation phishing testing exercises are carried out 
throughout the year to improve awareness of risks.
Net risk 
assessment
M
Moderate
Change
in rating
N
New risk
Failure to acquire 
new businesses in 
line with strategy 
Our strategic growth objectives are 
based on a combination of organic 
growth and acquisitive growth, 
focusing on companies in the 
social housing gas compliance 
sector, and renewables.
Explanation of 
risk and impact
The Group announced its strategy 
in January 2022 and central 
to that strategy is growth by 
acquisitions. Failure to acquire 
businesses could impact future 
profitability and the Group’s 
reputation to deliver on its 
strategic growth objectives. 
Mitigation
The Group has established its strategic acquisition criteria 
for both gas compliance businesses and renewables 
businesses. We are working with experienced M&A 
advisers to identify potential targets and to manage 
and advise on the deal execution process. This will be 
supplemented by detailed due diligence using internal 
resource and external advisers, with the results of due 
diligence being reported to the Board who can then make 
an informed decision as to whether to proceed with an 
acquisition or not. 
Net risk 
assessment
L
Low
Change
in rating
N
New risk
Integration of new 
acquisitions 
The Group has a strategic objective 
of growth through acquisitions. 
Failure to integrate new acquisitions 
could impact on the Group’s 
strategic plans. 
Explanation of 
risk and impact
The failure to integrate new 
acquisitions will result in 
acquisition business cases not 
being met resulting in lower 
profitability and cash flow. It could 
also have a reputational impact 
on the Group and may impact the 
ability of the Group to acquire 
further businesses. 
Mitigation
As part of the acquisition of CorEnergy in December 
2021, a detailed acquisition integration plan was 
developed showing the functional integration activities 
required to be undertaken by Sureserve Group functional 
heads, and also management of the acquired business. 
Responsibility and accountability was attributed to 
individuals with strict integration deadlines as part of the 
plan. Overall responsibility for the integration resides 
with the CFO with regular stats reporting to the Board. 
This plan now forms the blueprint for future acquisitions 
and can be tailored accordingly.
Net risk 
assessment
L
Low
Change
in rating
N
New risk
46
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

6
7
Supply chain 
availability and 
cost inflation
The current macroeconomic 
environment has resulted in certain 
material shortages and longer lead 
times, which could have purchase 
price implications.
Explanation of 
risk and impact
Due to a number of macroeconomic 
reasons, the lead times on certain 
materials e.g. boilers, solar panels 
and fleet vehicles have increased 
significantly. This has both price 
implications as cost inflation will 
impact profitability and cash flow 
but could also have operational 
scheduling issues thereby affecting 
works and business performance.
Mitigation
By virtue of our significant presence in social housing 
energy services in the UK, we have strong purchasing 
power with our suppliers which can partially mitigate cost 
inflation. Our careful operational scheduling and this 
purchasing power also helps us in managing lead times 
of key inputs. Nearly all of our customer contracts in the 
gas and water hygiene businesses have contractual price 
protection clauses within them to protect against input 
cost inflation, with other businesses factoring inflation 
into their price negotiations with customers. 
Net risk 
assessment
M
Moderate
Change
in rating
N
New risk
People
The success of our business 
depends on recruiting, retaining, 
motivating and developing the 
right people at all levels of 
our organisation.
Explanation of 
risk and impact
If we do not have enough suitably 
skilled, experienced and engaged 
people we may not be able to 
deliver the required service quality 
to our customers or grow our 
business as quickly as we had 
planned. This would affect our 
ability to tender for new work, 
affecting profitability and impact 
our reputation. 
Mitigation
We invest significant resources in developing our 
managers and training our employees including, but not 
limited to, the Sureserve Academy. We have an Employee 
Representative Council with members elected from all 
parts of the Group, ensuring that all of our people have 
a voice. We work hard to make Sureserve a group that 
people want to be part of, with a positive culture and 
opportunities to develop and learn. We are constantly 
assessing our training needs, listening to staff and 
developing innovative solutions such as our in-house 
online training products. We actively seek out rising stars 
in the business and recognise and celebrate achievement.
Net risk 
assessment
M–L
Moderate–Low
Change
in rating
–
No change
	 More information about how we manage risk can be found 
in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 52–60
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
47
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Board of Directors
A Board focused on delivering 
shareholder value
1. Nick Winks
Non-Executive Chairman
 
Appointment
Nick was appointed as 
Non‑Executive Chairman in 
May 2021.
Key strengths
Nick’s early career saw him hold a 
variety of senior management roles 
including as MD or CEO of a 
number of businesses, both private 
and public. Since then, he has 
been focused on leading business 
change projects and has worked 
with many businesses to drive 
improvements in operating 
performance, cash generation 
and debt structures.
Experience, skills 
and qualifications
Nick is currently Chairman of 
Virtua Group, a Non-Executive 
Director at Rainham Industrial 
Services and Executive Chairman 
and CEO at John Charcol Group. 
He has held previous key 
management or board roles, 
increasing value at a range of 
public and private companies 
including Claimar Care plc, Eleco 
plc, PCFG plc, Connect Group 
plc, Escher Group plc and Inspecs 
Holdings plc. Nick is a past Fellow 
and past Director of the Institute 
for Turnaround.
2. Peter Smith
Chief Executive Officer
Appointment
Peter was appointed to the Board in 
July 2019 as Chief Financial Officer 
and was appointed as Chief 
Executive Officer in November 2021.
Key strengths
Peter has more than 15 years’ 
experience in finance at Director 
level with widespread and 
successful experience in delivering 
results in areas such as facilities 
management, services, third party 
logistics, specialist recruitment, 
procurement, food service 
and manufacturing.
Experience, skills 
and qualifications
Some recent (non-board level) 
roles have included Finance 
Director of the Cleaning & 
Environmental Services division 
of Mitie Group, Interim Finance 
Director of the Specialist Services 
division at OCS Group, Interim 
Commercial Finance Director at 
the Post Office and Interim Chief 
Financial Officer of Support 
Services at Balfour Beatty as 
well as Head of Finance Shared 
Services, Finance Systems 
and Process Improvement 
at British Gas.
3. Sameet Vohra
Chief Financial Officer
Appointment
Sam joined the Sureserve Group 
in December 2021 as Interim 
Chief Financial Officer. He was 
made permanent Chief Financial 
Officer and joined the Board in 
April 2022.
Key strengths
Sam has more than 25 years’ 
experience in finance, with 20 
years working in UK-listed PLCs. 
He has a broad skillset and 
strengths gained in senior 
finance leadership roles including: 
strategy execution, performance 
improvement, M&A, IT, risk 
management, transformation 
programme leadership and 
financial management.
Experience, skills 
and qualifications
Sam qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with KPMG and 
is a member of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales. He has 
gained considerable finance and 
commercial experience in senior 
finance leadership roles, including 
as CFO at Science Group PLC, 
Group Director of Finance at 
Spectris PLC and Group Financial 
Controller at TT Electronics PLC.
4. Robert Legget
Senior Independent Director
Appointment
Robert was appointed to the 
Board in April 2016.
Key strengths
Robert has extensive business and 
finance experience and holds strong 
views on corporate governance.
Experience, skills 
and qualifications
Robert co-founded Progressive 
Value Management Limited in 2000 
and is Chairman. Progressive Value 
Management specialises in creating 
value and liquidity for institutional 
investors from illiquid holdings 
in underperforming companies. 
In this role he has had significant 
engagement with public company 
boards. Robert was formerly a 
Director of Quayle Munro Holdings 
plc and Foreign & Colonial Private 
Equity Trust plc (now CT Private 
Equity Trust PLC), and is currently 
a Director of Downing Strategic 
Micro-cap Investment Trust plc. He 
has recently been appointed to the 
boards of Trian Investors 1 Limited 
and R&Q Insurance Holdings 
Limited, where he is the Senior 
Independent Director in both cases. 
Robert is a member of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants of 
Scotland and holds an MBA.
A
N
R
A
N
R
48
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

5. Derek Zissman
Independent Non-Executive 
Director
Appointment
Derek was appointed to the Board 
in November 2017.
Key strengths
Derek has extensive business and 
finance experience.
Experience, skills 
and qualifications
Derek is currently a Director of 
three AIM listed companies and 
one fully listed on the Frankfurt 
Stock Exchange. He spent many 
years with KPMG, where he was 
a co-founder of the firm’s Private 
Equity Groups in the UK and USA, 
and was Vice Chairman of KPMG 
UK. Derek is a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales.
6. Christopher Mills
Non-Executive Director
Appointment
Christopher was appointed to the 
Board in March 2019.
Key strengths
Christopher has extensive 
business and finance experience.
Experience, skills 
and qualifications
Christopher is Chief Executive and 
Investment Manager of North 
Atlantic Smaller Companies 
Investment Trust (‘NASCIT’), 
appointed in 1984. He is currently 
a member and Chief Executive of 
Harwood Capital Management. 
In addition he is a Non-Executive 
Director of numerous UK companies 
which are either now or have 
in the past five years been 
publicly quoted.
7. Tania Songini
Independent Non-Executive 
Director
Appointment
Tania was appointed to the Board 
in May 2022.
Key strengths
Tania has extensive business and 
finance experience, particularly in 
renewable energy technologies.
Experience, skills 
and qualifications
Tania has built a portfolio of 
Non-Executive Director, Chair of 
Audit and Risk, and Remuneration 
Committee roles, including with 
companies such as The Private 
Infrastructure Development Group, 
Thrive Renewables, Guernsey 
Electricity and the Energy Systems 
Catapult. She recently joined the 
board of the UK Infrastructure 
Bank. Prior to 2015 she worked for 
Siemens for 18 years in its logistics, 
healthcare and energy businesses, 
where she held a number of 
Finance and Commercial Director 
roles. Tania has a Master’s 
degree in Political Science and 
International Relations from the 
University of Rome.
Key
A 	 Audit Committee member
N 	 Nomination Committee member
R 	 Remuneration Committee member
	 Committee Chair
R
N
A
Diversity, independence 
and experience
Gender14
14+8686+T
  Female
14%
  Male
86%
Tenure43
43+5757+T
  1–3 years
43%
  3–6 years
57%
Board composition28
28+1414+5858+T
  Executive
28%
  Senior 
Independent
14%
  Non-Executive
58%
Sector experience72
72+1414+1414+T
  Finance
72%
  Compliance
14%
  Services
14%
A
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
49
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

David Lummis
Managing Director, 
Aaron Services
David began his career in logistics, 
working across various Operational, 
ICT and Finance roles in the 
logistics sector before joining the 
family heating business Aaron 
Services in 2003. David became 
a Director of the business in 2008 
and was made Managing Director 
in 2012, and has led Aaron through 
a period of continued growth. 
Aaron joined the Group in 
October 2015.
Employees: 500
Offices: 9
Steve Lorriman
Managing Director, 
H2O Nationwide
Steve founded H2O in July 1998 
and has grown the business into 
one of the country’s best known 
water hygiene specialists. Steve 
has held several key industry 
positions including Senior 
Associate of the Water 
Management Society, Vice 
Chairman for the BESA Air 
Hygiene Group and co-authored 
TR/19, the UK’s leading air 
hygiene standard.
H2O Nationwide joined the Group 
in December 2014.
Employees: 83
Offices: 2
Tom Griffin
Managing Director, 
CorEnergy
Tom is a Chartered Accountant 
and has held senior commercial 
financial positions for G4S Plc, 
Wincanton Plc and Greencore Plc, 
and built successful renewable 
energy and sustainability 
companies as Commercial 
Director at Evergreen Energy. In 
2014 Tom co-founded CorEnergy 
and grew the business into a 
multi-technology decarbonisation 
solutions provider.
CorEnergy joined the Group 
in December 2021. 
Employees: 19
Offices: 1
David Greenfield
Managing Director, 
K&T Heating
Joining K&T in 1989, David 
progressed through the business 
as a qualified gas engineer and 
then into contract management 
and finance. David moved into the 
position of Managing Director at 
K&T in 2011 when the business 
was acquired by the Group. 
David has built a strong senior 
management team and 
successfully restructured the 
business leading to improved 
productivity and profitability. 
Employees: 455
Offices: 6
Robert Stirling
Managing Director, 
Everwarm
Robert has a wealth of experience 
and knowledge gained over 
30 years in the energy services 
and construction industry. Robert 
has driven Everwarm’s whole-house 
retrofit capability and renewables, 
ensuring the business continues to 
stay at the forefront of the market.
Robert works hand in hand with 
our clients to proactively design 
innovative solutions that safeguard 
their interests for many years 
to come.
Everwarm joined the Group 
in April 2014. 
Employees: 446
Offices: 3
Colin Laidlaw
Managing Director, 
Providor
Colin has held a number of 
important positions for market 
leading gas businesses, including 
Operations Director during a 
12-year period for BSW Heating. 
Colin joined Providor in 2018 
as Operations Director, and was 
made MD in September 2019. 
In June 2017 the business joined 
the Group.
Employees: 467
Offices: 2
Pat Coleman
Managing Director, 
SureMaintenance
Pat has over thirty five years’ 
experience within the industry 
and over 10 years’ experience in 
senior management. Pat joined 
Sure Maintenance in 1999, 
progressing through the roles of 
Supervisor, Accounts Manager, 
Operations Manager and Business 
Development Director before 
starting his current role as 
Managing Director in 2019. 
In September 2015 the business 
joined the Group.
Employees: 473
Offices: 5
Senior management
50
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Chairman’s corporate governance report
Introduction
2022 saw a strengthening of the Group Board, with 
the appointments of both a new Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer. Peter Smith assumed the 
role of Chief Executive Officer in November 2021 
following a period as Interim Chief Operating Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer. Sam Vohra was appointed 
as Chief Financial Officer in April 2022, following a 
period as Interim Chief Financial Officer. 
Our team of Non-Executive Directors saw the addition 
to the Board of Tania Songini in May 2022. Tania brings 
with her a wealth of experience in the energy and 
renewables sectors. 
We now have a stable Board with the experience to 
drive business performance. 
The Company applies the governance principles of the 
Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 (the ‘QCA Code’), on the basis that it is 
the most appropriate governance code for the Group, 
having regard to its strategy, size, stage of development 
and resources. The QCA Code is based around 
10 principles and a set of disclosures. Details of how 
the Group complies with each of the 10 principles of 
the QCA Code may be found in the explanations below, 
within the Committee reports, throughout this Report 
and on the Company’s website at www.
sureservegroup.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance.
The focus on strong corporate governance is driven 
by the Board and remains fundamental to the effective 
management of the business and delivery of long term 
shareholder value. 
2023 will see a focus on delivering key strategic 
objectives for the Group. 
Nick Winks
Non-Executive Chairman 
23 January 2023
Nick Winks
Non-Executive 
Chairman
Driving business performance with a strong focus 
on corporate governance
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
51
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Chairman’s corporate governance report continued
Statement of compliance with the QCA Corporate Governance Code
The Board has adopted the QCA Corporate Governance Code and in the 
table below we set out how we comply with the principles of the Code.
Deliver growth
Principle 1
Establish a strategy and business model which promote long 
term value for shareholders
 Pages 12–13 and 14–15
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk
Sureserve is a leading UK social housing energy services Group, 
delivering heating and energy efficiency measures to Housing 
Associations, Local Authorities and landlords across the UK. Details 
of the Group’s strategy, business model and principal risks and 
uncertainties to the business, together with mitigating factors that 
the Board has identified, can be found in the Strategic Report.
Principle 2
Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations
 Pages 19
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance
Active shareholder dialogue remains a focus for the Company. Regular 
dialogue with both institutional and private shareholders is led by the 
Chairman along with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer, who was appointed during the year.
Following both the Annual and Interim results announcements, meetings 
are held with analysts, private investors and institutional investors of the 
Company, in London, Edinburgh and regionally. The Company’s website 
also has details of all public announcements, Annual and Interim Reports 
and investor presentations.
During the year the Company also held it’s first, well attended, online 
presentation through the Investormeetcompany portal following the 
Annual Results announcement.
The March 2022 Annual General Meeting returned to being an in person 
meeting, open to all shareholders to attend. 
Principle 3
Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities 
and their implications for long term success
 Pages 24–33
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk/sustainability and 
www.sureservegroup.co.uk/news-media/press-releases
Further detail of the Company’s engagement with the wider stakeholder 
community and of our ESG policy can be found on pages 24 to 33.
The Board remains conscious of the impact that the Company’s 
business activities may have on the environment and society more generally. 
The Company acknowledges its responsibilities to all stakeholders and 
encourages all feedback via the Contact Us section of the Company 
website at www.sureservegroup.co.uk. Continued progress was made 
within our sustainability agenda, including a growing investment in our fleet 
to transition to an all electric fleet of vehicles.
Employee engagement at all levels remains a strong focus for the Company. 
There is regular Group-wide communication with all employees and 
enhanced by the work of the Employee Representative Council (‘ERC’), 
which meets on a regular basis throughout the year. Through employees 
with our people, representatives from all businesses have initiated progress 
on improved support and benefits for our people. A full employee survey 
was undertaken during the year which led to a set of employee engagement 
scores being calculated. These are now being used as ongoing KPIs. 
Our Equality, Diversity & Inclusion (‘ED&I’) steering group and working 
groups have met several times in the year and continued to develop the 
Group’s equality and diversity commitment. A full ED&I Report was 
delivered in January 2023 and will serve to refresh current targets and 
understand progress against the Group’s goals.
The Sureserve Academy continues as a central hub for all learning and 
development activities across the Group, including for the 746 trainees 
which are in place across the Group.
The Company continually strives to add social value in our contract 
delivery and regular dialogue is maintained with clients and clients’ 
customers to drive this forward. 
Compliance with all central legislation around Bribery and Corruption 
and Modern Slavery is maintained.
The Sureserve Foundation, which focuses on alleviating fuel poverty, has 
continued to support communities and individuals with the provision of 
advice and guidance, fuel poverty vouchers, grants and Winter Warmer 
parcels to vulnerable residents of our Housing Association clients and 
external applicants. The annual review for the Sureserve Foundation 
may be found at www.thesureservefoundation.org.
Principle 4
Embed effective risk management, considering both 
opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation
 Pages 34–36 and 45–47
Details of the risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, and their 
mitigation, can be found in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section 
of this Report and Accounts on pages 45 to 47.
The Board has responsibility for ensuring that effective risk management 
is in place across the Group. Clear strategic goals are set and risks 
to the achievement of these objectives are monitored through regular 
dialogue with operational management in each of the businesses.
Risk management reporting forms a key aspect of Board discussion, 
supported by input from relevant external and regulatory bodies.
At each Board meeting a detailed report is tabled from the Group Safety, 
Health, Environment & Quality (‘SHEQ’) team which consolidates 
Group-wide health and safety reporting.
Formal risk registers are in place at plc and operating company level and 
are reviewed and monitored by the Audit Committee at each meeting.
Reviews of the individual operating companies’ risk registers were concluded 
during the year including site visits by members of Group Risk Committee.The 
Group Risk Committee met five times during the year. This Committee reports 
to the Audit Committee as does the Internal Audit function which has also 
undertaken four specific subsidiary company reviews during the year at the 
request of the Committee, as well as additional reports into specific areas:
	
X Sub contractor engagement and payment arrangements
	
X Levels of accrued income in subsidiary companies
The Group maintains appropriate levels of insurance cover and regular 
reviews were undertaken during the year with regards to any claims 
or areas of potential new risk for the business.
52
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Maintain a dynamic 
management framework
Principle 5
Maintain the Board as a well functioning, balanced team led 
by the Chair
 Pages 48–49
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk/about-us/board-directors
Board composition has been refreshed during the year. Peter Smith, 
who had held the joint role of Interim Chief Operating Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer following the Board changes in the previous year, was 
appointed as Chief Executive Officer in November 2021.
A comprehensive search was then undertaken for a new Chief Financial 
Officer. Sameet Vohra was appointed on an Interim basis in December 
2021 and was subsequently confirmed in role and appointed to the 
Board in April 2022.
The Board had been conscious for a while of the need to expand its number 
of Non-Executive Directors. Tania Songini was subsequently appointed to 
the Board in May 2022. She brings with her a wealth of experience in the 
energy sector, particularly around renewables, which will be of considerable 
benefit to the Board as it continues to develop Group strategy. 
The Board now comprises of five Non-Executive Directors, including the 
Chairman, and two Executive Directors. The Board retains a strong 
sector and financial experience base.
The Chairman is responsible for the overall management of the Group 
including the approval and implementation of the Group’s objectives and 
strategy, budgets and operational performance along with the maintenance 
of sound internal control, corporate governance and risk management 
procedures. The Board continually reviews these responsibilities. Whilst 
the Board may delegate day to day management to the Executive Director, 
subject to formal delegated authority limits, certain matters are reserved 
for full Board approval. Details of matters reserved for the Board may be 
found at www.sureservegroup.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance.
Details of the Directors, including brief biographies, Committee membership, 
key strengths and experience, skills and qualifications, can be found on 
pages 48 and 49 of this Report and Accounts.
All Directors are subject to re-election at each Annual General Meeting 
of the Company.
Nick Winks, Robert Legget, Derek Zissman and Tania Songini are all 
considered to be Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Group.
Directors
during the year
Role
Independent/
non-
independent
Date of
appointment
Nick Winks
Chairman
Independent
May 2021
Peter Smith1
Chief Executive 
Officer
Not 
independent
July 2019
Sameet Vohra2
Chief Financial 
Officer
Not 
independent
April 2022
Robert Legget
Non-Executive 
Director
Senior Independent 
Director
Independent
April 2016
Derek Zissman
Non-Executive 
Director
Independent November 2017
Christopher 
Mills
Non-Executive 
Director
Not 
independent
March 2019
Tania Songini3
Non-Executive 
Director
Independent
May 2022
Notes
1.	 Peter Smith appointed as Chief Executive Officer in November 2021.
2.	 Sameet was appointed as Chief Financial Officer in April 2022.
3.	 Tania Songini was appointed to the Board in May 2022.
The Board is supported in its work by Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees which are chaired by the Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. All Non-Executive Directors are required to commit sufficient 
time to their roles in order to adequately discharge their duties.
The table below summarises the membership of the Board, the Board 
Committees and the attendance record of the Directors:
Director
Board scheduled 
meetings
Audit
Remuneration
Nomination
Executive Directors
Peter Smith
9/9
Sameet Vohra1
3/3
Non-Executive 
Directors
Nick Winks
9/9
4/4
4/4
2/2
Robert Legget
9/9
4/4
4/4
2/2
Derek Zissman
9/9
4/4
4/4
Christopher Mills
8/9
Tania Songini2
3/3
3/3
Notes
1.	 Sameet Vohra was appointed to the Board on 13 April 2022.
2.	 Tania Songini was appointed to the Board on 5 May 2022.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
53
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Chairman’s corporate governance report continued
Maintain a dynamic management 
framework continued
Principle 6
Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary 
up to date experience, skills and capabilities
 Pages 48–49
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk/about-us/board-directors
The Board of Directors has substantial and relevant experience – both 
in terms of the sectors in which the Company operates and in financial, 
operational and public company experience. Details of each Director, 
including a brief biography, Committee membership, key strengths and 
experience, skills and qualifications, are detailed on pages 48 and 49 
of the Report and Accounts. The Directors are mindful of the importance 
of diversity within the workforce and at Board level.
All Directors are required to commit sufficient time to their roles in order 
to adequately discharge their duties. Training is maintained through 
regular business updates from the Executive Directors and briefings 
from external advisers.
Supporting the work of the Board are three Board Committees, all 
with formally delegated powers – an Audit Committee, a Remuneration 
Committee and a Nomination Committee. All are chaired by and 
comprise the Non-Executive Directors.
Each of the Directors is subject to either an Executive Service Agreement 
or a letter of appointment. The Company’s Articles of Association require all 
of the Directors to retire at every Annual General Meeting. Non‑Executive 
Directors are appointed for terms of three years, which may be renewed, 
subject to the particular Director being re-elected by shareholders.
During the year advice was received from external professional advisers 
regarding legacy matters from the former construction division and 
establishment of a revised Performance Share Plan for Executive 
Directors and Managing Directors of Group subsidiary businesses 
(Remuneration Committee). In addition, advice was taken regarding 
the establishment of a further SAYE Scheme for employees.
Principle 7
Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous improvement
 Pages 48–68
As previously reported in order to ensure the effective operation of the 
Board and the Committees, and in line with QCA Code Guidelines, an 
evaluation of the Board was undertaken by an external, independent 
consultant. The process of appointing an external consultant was overseen 
by the Senior Independent Director and the Company Secretary.
The initial evaluation and the results of the Board evaluation were 
presented to the Board on 10 January 2019. The Board undertook to 
implement the recommendations and invited the evaluator to return 
in late 2019 to form a view on progress. The Follow Up Review was 
concluded in December 2019. The evaluator concluded that most of 
the recommendations had been successfully implemented. The Follow 
Up review identified further areas for development and the Board has 
agreed to implement them. The conclusions of the Follow Up Review 
were presented to the Board in January 2020.
In summary, these were:
	
X The business was seen to have transitioned well following the disposal 
of its construction activities and had recovered well to growth
	
X Board members are entirely focused on driving shareholder value
	
X Corporate Governance was healthy
The Board was unanimous in its agreement with the evaluation 
assessment that the Board, its Committees and individuals continue 
to be effective. The Board valued the independence of the external 
evaluator and the approach taken.
The Board will consider a further evaluation at an appropriate time.
54
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Principle 8
Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and 
behaviours
 Pages 01–47
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk
The Company maintains regular dialogue with our employees, clients, 
clients’ customers, communities, financial partners, shareholders and 
suppliers all in furtherance of our shared value of driving performance 
and engagement. 
Employee engagement is supported by the ERC, regular staff 
communications and an annual staff survey. 
The Sureserve Foundation, which is focused on the alleviation of fuel 
poverty, has has continued to make distributions by way fuel poverty 
vouchers, grants and Winter Warmer parcels to vulnerable and needy 
tenants of our Housing Association clients and external applicants.
Whistleblowing
The Company has established procedures by which employees may, 
in confidence, raise concerns relating to danger, fraud, or other illegal 
or unethical conduct in the workplace. The whistleblowing policy applies 
to all employees of the Group, and also consultants, casual workers and 
agency workers. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring the 
Group’s whistleblowing arrangements and the policy is reviewed 
periodically by the Board.
Compliance with laws
The Group has systems in place designed to ensure compliance with 
all relevant laws, new regulations and all relevant codes of business 
practice. This includes:
	
X Taking all appropriate steps to comply with the provisions of the 
Market Abuse Regulation
	
X A copy of the Group’s anti-slavery and human trafficking policy 
statement in relation to the Modern Slavery Act 2015, which can 
be found on the Company website
	
X The Company’s Code of Conduct – available on the Company website
	
X An anti-corruption policy and Group whistleblowing policy, both of 
which relate to compliance with the Bribery Act 2010, can also be 
found on the Company website
	
X The Group has complied with the provision of statutory information 
relating to the gender pay gap legislation and payment practices regime
	
X The Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme (‘ESOS’), offering full 
cooperation during audits of the Group’s energy use
	
X The Company has adopted a share dealing code for the Directors 
and applicable employees of the Group for the purpose of ensuring 
compliance by such persons with the provisions of the AIM Rules 
relating to dealings in the Company’s securities (including, in particular, 
Rule 21 of the AIM Rules). The Directors consider that this share 
dealing code is appropriate for a company whose shares are admitted 
to trading on AIM
Principle 9
Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit 
for purpose and support good decision making by the Board
 Pages 48–68
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance
Details of how the Board and its Committees’ structure operates can 
be found at page 57.
The PLC Board held nine meetings during the year.
Within the annual calendar of Board meetings there is normally an annual 
budget presentation at which the Executive team presents its budget 
for the forthcoming year. The Non-Executive Directors are encouraged 
to attend visits to the individual operating businesses to discuss 
performance and other issues with the management teams.
The Company Secretary works closely with the Chairman and the 
Chairmen of the Board Committees to ensure that Board procedures, 
including setting agendas and the timely distribution of papers, are 
complied with and that there are good communication flows between 
the Board and its Committees, and between senior management and 
Non-Executive Directors.
There is a formal agenda at each Board meeting which includes an 
operational update from the Chief Executive and financial updates from 
the Chief Financial Officer. Both reports cover all business units within 
the Group and also cover new business opportunities.
Health and safety and strategic issues are dealt with at each Board 
meeting by the Chairman and Chief Executive.
During the course of the year, other matters considered by the Board 
include annual and half-year results announcements, principal risks and 
uncertainties, corporate social responsibility, AGM resolutions, 
shareholder communications and management incentivisation.
Board papers are circulated to the Directors at least three clear business 
days in advance of meetings to enable proper consideration of the 
content of the papers.
The Chairman maintains regular contact with the Non-Executive 
Directors outside of formal Board meetings.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
55
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Chairman’s corporate governance report continued
Principle 9 continued
The roles of all Board members during the year were as detailed below:
Position
Name
Responsibilities
Chairman 
Nick Winks
Leads the Board and sets 
Company strategy. Ensures 
an effective link between 
shareholders and the Board.
Chief Executive 
Officer
 Peter Smith1
Implements policies and 
strategies agreed by the Board 
and manages the business.
Chief Financial 
Officer
Sameet Vohra2
Develops, implements and 
monitors financial strategy 
of the business.
Non-Executive 
Directors
Robert Legget, 
Derek Zissman, 
Christopher Mills 
and Tania Songini3
Provide constructive challenge to 
the Executive Directors. Monitor 
delivery of agreed strategy.
Notes
1.	 Peter Smith was appointed as Chief Executive Officer in November 2021. 
2.	 Sameet Vohra was appointed as Chief Financial Officer in April 2022.
3. 	Tania Songini was appointed as Non-Executive Director in May 2022.
All Directors have access to the support and advice of the Company 
Secretary as required. Directors are also able to take independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense in the furtherance of 
their duties where considered necessary.
Position
Name
Responsibilities
Group Company 
Secretary
John Charlton
Provides guidance on all 
matters of Corporate 
Governance. Ensures a good 
flow of information within the 
Board and its Committees.
Board Committees
The Board has established three Board Committees, all with formally 
delegated powers – an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee 
and a Nomination Committee. All are chaired by and comprise the 
Non-Executive Directors.
The terms of reference for all Board Committees are reviewed regularly 
and can be found on the Company website at www.sureservegroup.co.
uk/investors/corporate-governance.
Committee Chairmen attend the Company AGM and are available to 
answer any questions from shareholders regarding the activities of 
the Committees.
Build trust 
Principle 10
Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing 
by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders
 Pages 51–68
 www.sureservegroup.co.uk/investors/regulatory-news and 
www.sureservegroup.co.uk/investors/results-and-presentations
Detail of the activities of both the Audit and Remuneration Committees 
can be found on pages 59 to 64.
In the year to 30 September 2022 the Executive Directors and members 
of the Board met and had dialogue with a large number of shareholders 
and investors.
The Company aims to maintain an active dialogue with key stakeholders, 
including institutional investors, to discuss issues relating to the performance 
of the Group, including strategy and new developments. The Chairman 
and the Senior Independent Director are available to discuss any matter 
shareholders might wish to raise and attend meetings with investors 
as required.
The Company’s website includes an investor relations section containing 
all RNS announcements, share price information, annual documents 
available for download and similar materials at www.sureservegroup.co.
uk/investors. The website also provides details for contacting the 
Company on any issues.
The AGM remains a valuable opportunity for the Board to engage with 
shareholders and to answer any questions which shareholders may have. 
This year’s AGM will be held on 21 March 2023 and full details of the 
venue and resolutions proposed may be found in the Notice of Meeting 
enclosed with these accounts or on the Company website. Attendance 
will require pre-registration and there will be an opportunity to put 
forward questions to be asked at the meeting in lieu of attendance.
Approved by order of the Board.
Nick Winks
Non-Executive Chairman
23 January 2023
56
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Board and committee composition
The Board
Executive 
Directors
Non‑executive 
Directors
Committees
The Board has delegated specific responsibilities to the Nomination, Audit and Remuneration Committees. Each Committee has written 
terms of reference setting out its duties, authority and reporting responsibilities. Copies of the Committee terms of reference are available 
in the Group’s website. These terms of reference are kept under review to ensure they remain appropriate and reflect any changes 
in legislation, regulation or best practice.
Executive Management Team
Key responsibilities
Assist the Chairman in the performance of his duties, 
including development and implementation of the 
strategic plan. Deal with all executive business of the 
Group not specifically reserved to the Board or its 
Committees, including operational management of 
the business and the implementation of appropriate 
systems and controls.
Members
	
X Chief Executive 
Officer
	
X Chief Financial Officer
	
X Managing Directors 
of all subsidiary 
businesses
	
X Group Company 
Secretary
	
X Interim Head of HR
	
X Interim Head 
of SHEQ
The Non-Executive Directors provide 
independent oversight and constructive 
challenge to the Executive Directors.
Nomination Committee
Key responsibilities
	
X Providing a formal, rigorous and 
transparent procedure in respect 
of appointments to the Board
	
X Evaluating the structure, size and 
composition of the Board
	
X Reviewing leadership of the Group 
and giving consideration to 
succession planning
Audit Committee
Key responsibilities
	
X Reviewing and monitoring the integrity 
of the Financial Statements
	
X Ensuring an effective system of 
internal controls is maintained
	
X Monitoring accounting policies
	
X Liaison/oversight of internal and 
external auditors.
Remuneration Committee
Key responsibilities
	
X Proposing the overarching principles, 
parameters and governance 
framework of the Group’s 
remuneration policy
	
X Determining the remuneration 
and benefits packages of the 
Executive Directors
	 Nomination Committee Report
page 58
	 Audit Committee Report
page 59
	 Remuneration Committee Report
page 61
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
57
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Nomination Committee report
This is the Nomination Committee Report for 
the year ended 30 September 2022.
The Committee had initiated a search for a new Chief 
Executive Officer towards the end of the previous 
financial year. Whilst a number of candidates were 
considered, the process was concluded early in the 
current financial year with the appointment of Peter 
Smith, the Interim Chief Operating Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, to the role on 4 November 2021. 
Following Peter Smith’s appointment to the Chief 
Executive Officer role, the Committee continued its 
search for a new Chief Financial Officer and Sameet 
Vohra was appointed as a non-Board member Interim 
Chief Financial Officer on 14 December 2021. He was 
subsequently confirmed in the role and appointed to 
the Board on 13 April 2022.
The Committee had been considering the composition 
of the Board for some time and was pleased to conclude 
the appointment of Tania Songini to the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director on 5 May 2022. Tania brings 
strong financial management expertise to the Board 
along with considerable experience within the 
renewable energy sector.
The Board remains conscious that diversity extends 
beyond the boardroom and supports the management 
efforts to build a diverse organisation. The Group 
continues to embed a strong Equality and Diversity Policy 
within the business. When considering the optimum 
composition of the Board, it is believed all appointments 
should be made on merit, whilst ensuring an appropriate 
balance of skills and experience within the Board. 
Despite the recent Board changes the Committee 
remains of the view that the output of the follow-up 
independent Board review adopted by the Board in 
early 2020 remains relevant, namely that:
	
X Sureserve had successfully transitioned to a growth 
phase following the disposal of its construction 
interests and the associated risks
	
X The Board was fully focused on driving 
shareholder value
	
X Group governance was healthy
The report was presented in December 2019, and 
adopted at the January 2020 Board meeting.
Action plan for 2022/23
The focus for the Committee during the coming 
financial year will be:
	
X To review succession planning within the Company 
and the membership of the Executive Management 
Team which supports the Executive Directors
	
X To consider, in cooperation with the Remuneration 
Committee, incentivisation measures for the 
members of the Executive Management Team
	
X To keep Board structure and composition under review
Approved on behalf of the Board by:
Robert Legget
Senior Independent Director
Chair of the Nomination Committee
23 January 2023
Committee members
Robert Legget	
Chair
Independent Non-Executive Director
Nick Winks		
Member
Non-Executive Chairman
Derek Zissman	
Member
Independent Non-Executive Director
Allocation of time
Review of candidates and appointment of new 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
40%
Consideration of Group Board structure and 
appointment of a further Non-Executive Director
20%
Incentivisation measures for Executive Directors and 
Group Managing Directors, including awards under 
Share Incentive Plans
25%
Review structure and performance measures for 
2023 bonus arrangements for Executive Directors 
and Senior management
10%	
15%	
Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Nomination Committee are to:
	
X Review the structure, size and composition of the 
Board, including the skills, knowledge, experience 
and diversity of Directors
	
X Give full consideration to succession planning 
for Directors and other senior Executives
	
X Keep under review the leadership needs of 
the organisation
	
X Identify and nominate for the approval of the Board 
candidates to fill Board vacancies
Membership of the Nomination 
Committee and attendance during 
the year
The Nomination Committee comprises two independent 
Non-Executives of the Company and the Chairman. Robert 
Legget, Derek Zissman and Nick Winks were the members 
of the Committee during the year. Details of attendance 
records during the period can be found on page 53.
Work of the Committee
The focus of the Committee’s work during the year 
has been:
	
X Conclusion of the process for the appointment 
of a new Chief Executive Officer
	
X The search for, and appointment of, a new Chief 
Financial Officer
	
X Further strengthening of the Board through the 
appointment of an additional Non-Executive Director
The terms of reference of the 
Nomination Committee 
are available to view at 
www.sureservegroup.co.uk/
investors/corporate-
governance
Robert Legget
Senior Independent 
Director
Chair of the Nomination 
Committee
58
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Audit Committee report
This is the Audit Committee Report for 
the year ended 30 September 2022.
	
X Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
audit process and approving the forward audit plan
	
X To make recommendations to the Board in relation 
to the appointment and removal of the external 
auditor and to approve its remuneration and terms 
of engagement
	
X To review and monitor the external auditor’s 
independence and objectivity and the effectiveness 
of the audit process, taking into consideration 
relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements
	
X Reviewing and monitoring the extent of the 
non-audit work undertaken by the Group’s external 
auditor, taking into account relevant professional 
and regulatory requirements
	
X Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
whistleblowing and anti-bribery policy and procedures
	
X Reviewing the Group’s risk management procedures 
and monitoring actions taken in the year
The Committee is comprised of financially literate 
members with the requisite ability and experience to 
enable the Committee to discharge its responsibilities. 
Derek Zissman, Nick Winks, Tania Songini and Robert 
Legget were the members of the Committee during 
the period under review. The Chairman of the Audit 
Committee during this period, Derek Zissman, is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales whilst Robert Legget is a member 
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
Activities of the Committee
During the course of the year the Committee undertook the 
following activities:
	
X Considered the Final Audit Findings Report for the 
year ended September 2021
	
X Reviewed the key accounting considerations and 
judgements reflected in the Group’s results for the 
six-month period ended 31 March 2022
	
X Reviewed and agreed the external auditor’s audit 
plan in advance of its audit for the year ended 
30 September 2022
	
X Post year end discussed the report received from 
the external auditor regarding its audit in respect of 
the year ended 30 September 2022, which includes 
comments on its findings on internal control and 
a statement on its independence and objectivity
	
X Worked with Nominations Committee to review 
candidates for the position of Interim Chief Financial 
Officer which, following the appointment of Sameet 
Vohra to that role in December 2021, subsequently led 
to his confirmation and appointment to the Board as 
Chief Financial Officer in April 2022 
	
X Assessed the impact of any external economic 
factors on the business, including but not limited 
to the Covid-19 pandemic on Group reporting 
requirements in discussions with the external 
auditors and management
Committee members
Derek Zissman	
Chair
Independent Non-Executive Director
Nick Winks		
Member
Non-Executive Chairman
Robert Legget	
Member
Independent Non-Executive Director
Tania Songini1	
Member
Independent Non-Executive Director
1. Tania Songini was appointed with effect from 5 May 2022.
Allocation of time
Review of Final Audit Findings Report for the year 
ended September 2021 and accounting judgements
40%
Key accounting considerations for the Interim Results 
to 31 March 2022
15%	
Review of Risk Registers and reports from Risk 
Committee
15%	
20%	
Setting of programme and review of Reports from 
internal auditor
	
5%
Consideration of external auditor’s plan for the 
September 2022 Audit
10%	
20%	
Committee meetings
The Committee met four times during the year. The 
meetings are attended by Committee members and, by 
invitation, the Chief Financial Officer, senior management 
and representatives from the external and internal auditors. 
Once a year, the Committee meets separately with the 
external auditor without management being present.
Roles and responsibilities
The primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist 
the Board in discharging its responsibilities with regard 
to financial reporting and the external and internal 
controls, including:
	
X Reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the 
Group’s Annual and Interim Financial Statements 
and accompanying reports to shareholders and 
Corporate Governance statements
	
X Reporting to the Board on the appropriateness 
of the accounting policies and practices
	
X In conjunction with the Board, reviewing and 
monitoring the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
control and risk management systems, including 
reviewing the process for identifying, assessing and 
reporting all key risks (see the Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties on pages 45 to 47)
The terms of reference of 
the Audit Committee 
are available to view at 
www.sureservegroup.co.uk/
investors/corporate-
governance
Derek Zissman
Non-Executive Director
Chairman of the Audit 
Committee
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
59
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Audit Committee report continued
Activities of the Committee continued
	
X Reviewed the Risk Management Framework of the business including 
internal controls, the risk registers and the work of the internal auditor
	
X Supported the work of the Risk Committee, which meets on a 
quarterly basis and reports to Audit Committee
	
X Reviewed and approved the non-audit assignments undertaken by the 
external auditor in the year to 30 September 2022
	
X Considered, together with the Board, the Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties Review
External auditor
The Group’s external auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP, who have been in place 
for six years is subject to annual reappointment by shareholders and partner 
rotation at the required interval. Partner rotation took place during the current 
financial year. Auditor rotation remains under review by the Board.
The Board is very aware that the effectiveness and independence of the 
external auditor is central to ensuring the integrity of the Group’s published 
financial information. During the year the Audit Committee took the 
following steps to ensure that auditor independence was not compromised:
	
X The Committee annually reviews the Company’s relationship with its 
auditor and assesses the level of controls and procedures in place to 
ensure the required level of independence and that the Company has 
an objective and professional relationship with RSM
	
X The Audit Committee reviews all fees paid for the audit and all 
Non-audit fees with a view to assessing the reasonableness of fees, 
and any independence issues that may have arisen or may potentially 
arise in the future
The Board is satisfied with the effectiveness and independence of RSM 
UK Audit LLP as our external auditor.
Financial reporting and statutory audit
The Committee reviewed with the external auditor the Annual Financial 
Statements and the Interim Report focusing on truth and fairness of the 
results and financial position. Factors reviewed included:
	
X Compliance with best practice requirements
	
X Clarity of disclosures
	
X Appropriateness of accounting policies
	
X Review of significant accounting judgements and estimates made
Areas which were the subject of review from the Audit Findings 
report included:
	
X Annual impairment review on goodwill and intangibles
	
X Provision for contract disputes and legal claims
Risk management and internal controls
One of the key priorities of the Audit Committee is the safeguarding of the 
Group’s assets, both physical, such as inventory and intangible and trade 
and other receivables. This is achieved through implementation of policies 
and procedures and regular checks to ensure these are in operation. The 
Audit Committee has primary responsibility for oversight of the Group’s 
system of internal controls, including the risk management framework and 
the work of the Internal Audit function. The system of internal controls is 
designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives and the Board can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Board has 
established a clear organisational structure with defined authority levels. 
The day to day running of the Group’s business is delegated to the 
Executive Directors of the Group, who meet with both operational and 
financial management in each business area on a monthly basis. Key 
financial and operational measurements are reported on a monthly basis 
and are measured against both budget and reforecasts.
Risk Registers are maintained at both subsidiary company and Group level 
and these outline the key risks faced by the Group, including their impact 
and likelihood and relevant mitigation controls and actions. The Group and 
business risk registers are reviewed and updated by management quarterly 
and further reviewed by Risk Committee, before being presented to Audit 
Committee for review at least semi-annually.
The principal risks and uncertainties which are judged currently to have 
the most significant impact on the Group’s long term performance and 
prospects are set out on pages 45 to 47.
Internal audit
The Company has an established Internal Audit function and during the 
year a number of operational reviews have been undertaken by the 
internal auditor. These included:
	
X A review of accrued income across the Group
	
X A detailed review of Sub-contractor processes and payments across 
Group businesses
	
X A post acquisition review of completion accounts and management 
account reporting following the CorEnergy acquisition during the year
	
X Assisted with the implementation of new Group audit software
	
X Reviewed IR35 arrangements across the Group
	
X Reviewed and progressed closure of all outstanding matters from 
previous reports resolution of which may have been impacted by the 
Covid-19 pandemic 
Internal Audit Reports are reviewed at each Audit Committee meeting. 
A forward Audit Plan is agreed with the internal auditor and follow up 
actions from previous Reviews considered.
Areas for review by the Committee in the 
current financial year
These will include:
	
X Review of the delivery of the new integrated finance system across 
the operating businesses
	
X Continuing to focus on specific operational reviews across the Group
Following the year end, the Committee has met to approve the 
Group’s Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ending 
30 September 2022.
Derek Zissman
Non-Executive Director
Chairman of the Audit Committee
23 January 2023
60
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Directors’ remuneration report
Remuneration Committee Chairman’s annual statement
	
X Align Executives with the best interests of the 
Company’s shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders through a significant weighting on 
performance-related pay
	
X Be consistent with regulatory and Corporate 
Governance requirements
	
X Be straightforward and transparent and support the 
delivery of strategic objectives
	
X Be consistent with the Group’s risk policies and 
systems to guard against inappropriate risk taking
The Committee reviews the Company’s Executive 
remuneration arrangements taking external advice on 
current market practice, as appropriate, and 
implements incentive arrangements to align the 
interests of Executives with shareholder value.
Membership of the Committee
The Committee is chaired by Robert Legget with Nick 
Winks and Derek Zissman as members. All are 
Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Group.
The Committee met four times during the year with all 
members attending each meeting. As the members of 
the Committee are the Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, they are recognised by the Board as bringing 
independent judgement to the matters considered by 
the Committee.
This report is split into:
	
X Components of Executive remuneration for 2021/22
	
X Proposed remuneration for 2022/23
	
X Details of the Company’s remuneration policy
Committee members
Robert Legget	
Chair
Independent Non-Executive Director
Nick Winks		
Member
Non-Executive Chairman
Derek Zissman	
Member
Independent Non-Executive Director
Allocated time
Incentivisation of Senior management team and the 
Executive management team through a new 
Performance Share Plan (PSP)
45%
Agreement of remuneration packages, following 
external bench-marking, for new Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, both appointed 
during the financial year. To include performance bonus 
arrangements for 2022 Financial year
20%	
25%	
During the year the Committee reviewed, and agreed, 
a proposal on assessment of bonus arrangements for 
Executive Directors, Group Managing Directors and 
subsidiary company allocations
15%	
20%	
Review of wider Group remuneration and bonus 
arrangements for 2022
10%	
Responsibilities and role of the 
Remuneration Committee
The primary function of the Remuneration Committee is 
to review the remuneration of the Executive Directors 
and to monitor the remuneration of the Group’s senior 
managers. The remuneration strategy and policy for all 
staff is also reviewed annually by the Committee.
The Remuneration Committee tries to ensure that a 
Director’s remuneration encourages, reinforces and 
rewards the growth of shareholder value and promotes 
the long term success of the Company. The Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors is intended 
to support the business needs of the Company and to 
ensure it has the ability to attract, motivate and retain 
senior leaders of a high calibre, remains competitive 
and provides appropriate incentive for good 
performance. The Executive Directors’ remuneration 
should also:
The terms of reference of 
the Remuneration Committee 
are available to view at 
www.sureservegroup.co.uk/
investors/corporate-
governance
Robert Legget
Senior Independent 
Director
Chairman of the 
Remuneration 
Committee
This is the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 30 September 2022.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
61
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Components of Executive remuneration
The following section summarises how remuneration arrangements operated during the 2021/22 financial year.
Remuneration and benefits
The table below sets out the annual salary of each of the Executive Directors in the year to 30 September 2022 and the proposed 2022/23 salary for 
each of their current roles.
2021/22
salary
2022/23
salary
% change in
basic salary
Peter Smith1
£280,000
£280,000
0%
Sameet Vohra2
£210,000
£210,000
0%
Notes
1.	 In addition to base salary Peter Smith has elected to receive his contractual pension entitlement by way of additional salary and this is reflected in the Directors Remuneration Schedule. 
Following the resignation of Bob Holt in March 2021, Peter Smith took on the additional role of Interim Chief Operating Officer, for which he received an additional allowance of £5,000 per 
month. Post financial year end 2021, Peter Smith was appointed to the role of Chief Executive Officer on 4 November 2021 for which his annual salary is £280,000.
2.	 Sameet Vohra was appointed as Interim Chief Financial Officer on 13 December 2021, and subsequently appointed to the Board on 13 April 2022 as Chief Financial Officer, for which his 
annual salary is £210,000. In addition to base salary Sameet Vohra has elected to receive his contractual pension entitlement by way of additional salary and this is reflected in the Directors 
Remuneration Schedule.
The highest paid Director was paid £280,000 in the financial year, compared to an employee average of £36,100.
Annual bonus
Peter Smith was paid an agreed bonus of £184,800 post year end and on finalisation of the Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year. This represented 
66% of basic salary and reflected the strong EBITA performance achieved in the year.
Sameet Vohra was paid an agreed bonus of £115,500 post year end and on finalisation of the Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year. Again, 
this represented 66% of basic salary and reflected the strong EBITA performance in the year. The payment was pro-rated to reflect the 10-month 
period in role during the financial year.
Sureserve Group plc Performance Share Plan
The Sureserve Group plc Performance Share Plan was established in March 2015 having been approved by shareholders at the AGM in that month. 
Full details of the Plan may be found in the 2015 Notice of Annual General Meeting at www.sureservegroup.co.uk. 
The Plan has been used as a vehicle to incentivise Executive Directors and Senior Management to deliver strong financial performance in alignment 
with shareholder requirements.
In his role as Chief Executive Officer, Peter Smith was granted an option over shares under the terms of the above Share Plan. The award was granted 
on 22 December 2021 and will vest on the third anniversary of grant, on 22 December 2024. Subject to the achievement of the agreed performance 
condition the award is capable of exercise in respect of 304,900 Ordinary Shares. If the performance condition is exceeded, the award would be 
capable of exercise in respect of a maximum of 381,125 Ordinary Shares.
Following his appointment to the Board, Sameet Vohra, was also granted an option over shares under the terms of the above Share Plan. The award 
was granted on 25 May 2022 and will vest on the third anniversary of grant, on 25 May 2025. Subject to the achievement of the agreed performance 
condition the award is capable of exercise in respect of 252,000 Ordinary Shares. If the performance condition is exceeded, the award would be 
capable of exercise in respect of a maximum of 315,000 Ordinary Shares.
Post the financial year end additional awards have been made to Peter Smith, Sameet Vohra and the Managing Directors of the Group’s subsidiary 
businesses in order to further align management and shareholders with the Group’s growth strategy.
The awards were granted on 13 December 2022 and will vest on 13 December 2025, the third anniversary of grant. The performance condition will 
be measured against the growth in earnings per share (‘EPS’) achieved in the three financial years ending 30 September 2025.
Subject to achievement of the performance condition an award to Peter Smith would be capable of exercise as to 405,797 Ordinary Shares and 
to Sameet Vohra for 304,347 Ordinary Shares. If the performance condition is exceeded, the awards would be capable of exercise in respect of up 
to 507,246 Ordinary Shares for Peter Smith and up to 380,433 Ordinary Shares for Sameet Vohra. Awards over a maximum of 1,041,657 Ordinary 
Shares were granted to a total of 8 Managing Directors of the Group’s subsidiary businesses.
These awards would vest at a strike price of 69 pence per Ordinary Share.
A summary of PSP share awards granted to Executive Directors
The table below sets out details of the Executive Directors’ outstanding option awards under the PSP plan at 30 September 2022.
Number of
Number of
options at
Granted
Lapsed
Exercised
options at
Date
1 October
during the
during the
during the
30 September
from which
Expiry
Name of Director
Scheme
2021
period
period
period
2022
exercisable
date
Peter Smith
PSP 1
—
381,125
—
—
381,125
22 December 2024
22 Dec 2034
Sameet Vohra
PSP 1
315,000 
—
—
315,000
25 May 2025
25 May 2035
Total
—
696,125 
—
—
696,125
Note
1.	 The Sureserve Group plc Performance Share Plan was established in March 2015 having been approved by shareholders at the AGM in that month. Full details of the Plan may be found in the 
2015 Notice of Annual General Meeting at www.sureservegroup.co.uk. Awards were made under the Scheme to Peter Smith and Sameet Vohra during the year. The awards granted in the 
Schedule assume maximum award under the performance condition being achieved.
62
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Proposed remuneration for 2023
	
X For the current financial year to 30 September 2023 the Remuneration Committee is proposing no change to the remuneration of the Chairman
	
X No change in respect of the fees for the Non-Executive Directors
	
X An annual salary for the Chief Executive Officer of £280,000
	
X An annual salary for the Chief Financial Officer of £210,000
	
X Annual bonus arrangements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have been concluded for the 2022/23 Financial year, and 
will include targets around EBITA performance, cash conversion and satisfaction with the audit process. There will be clear financial targets based 
around increasing shareholder value. The Committee is satisfied that these will be challenging and, in order for the maximum bonus to be earned, 
will demonstrate significant improvement in the profit performance of the business
Single total figures of remuneration (audited information)
The table below reports the total remuneration received in respect of qualifying services by each Director during the year.
Details of the Company’s remuneration policy
2022
Total salary
and fees 1
£’000
Taxable
benefits 2
£’000
Annual
bonus 3
£’000
Long Term
Incentive 4 
£’000
Pensions-
related
benefits
£’000
Compensation
for loss
of office
£’000
Total
£’000
2021
Total
remuneration
£’000
Executive Directors
Peter Smith5
319
4
185
508
550
Sameet Vohra6
121
6
115
242
—
Non-Executive Directors
Nick Winks
100
100
37
Robert Legget7
60
60
50
Derek Zissman
45
45
45
Christopher Mills
30
30
20
Tania Songini8
16
16
Notes
1.	 Total salary and fees — the amount of salary/fees received in the year.
2.	 Taxable benefits — the taxable value of benefits received in the year (i.e. car allowance and private medical insurance).
3.	 Annual bonus — the cash value of the bonus earned in respect of the year.
4.	 Any share gain in respect of PSP award granted and exercised during the financial year.
5.	 Peter Smith’s remuneration reflects a base salary of £280,000 during the year. He also elected during the year to take his contracted pension payments by way of additional salary.
6.	 Sameet Vohra’s remuneration reflects a base salary of £210,000. He was appointed to the Board on 13 April 2022 and also elected during the year to take his contractual pension payments 
by way of additional salary.
7.	 Robert Legget received an additional allowance of £10,000 during the year to reflect the additional responsibilities he held as Interim Chairman during the previous financial year.
8.	 Tania Songini joined the Board on 5 May 2022.
Long term incentive vesting
No awards were vested during the year.
Other directorships
As relevant, these are detailed in the individual Director’s biographies on pages 48 and 49.
Work of the Committee during the year 
The work of the Committee during the year predominantly revolved around:
	
X Structuring and making awards under revised PSP Scheme in order to incentivise Executive Directors and Senior Management
	
X External review and approval of remuneration packages for new Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
	
X Creation and approval of new bonus arrangements for Executive Directors, Managing Directors of each operating subsidiary company and the 
amount available as bonuses within each of the subsidiary companies
	
X Reviewed wider remuneration considerations for Group employees
Shareholder dilution
In accordance with the investor guidelines and the rules of the Company’s share schemes, the Company can issue a maximum of 10% of its issued 
share capital in a rolling 10-year period to employees to satisfy vesting under all its share plans. The Sureserve Group currently operates all its share 
plans within these guidelines.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
63
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Illustrations of application of remuneration policy
The Sureserve Group remuneration arrangements have been designed to ensure that a significant proportion of pay is dependent on the delivery of 
both short term and long term goals that are aligned with the Company’s key strategic objectives and the creation of sustainable returns to shareholders.
The Committee continues to consider the potential amount payable to Executive Directors and Senior Managers in different performance scenarios 
and is comfortable that the amounts payable are appropriate in the context of the performance delivered and the value added for shareholders.
Service contracts and letters of appointment
The table below summarises the service contracts of the Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors.
Name
Date of contract/
letter of appointment
Notice period 
by Company
Notice period 
by Director
Executive Directors
Peter Smith
29 July 2019
12 months
6 months
Sameet Vohra1
1 April 2022
12 months
6 months
Non-Executive Directors
Nick Winks
25 May 2021
3 months
3 months
Robert Legget
19 April 2016
1 month
1 month
Derek Zissman
27 November 2017
1 month
1 month
Christopher Mills
18 March 2019
1 month
1 month
Tania Songini2
5 May 2022
1 month
1 month
Notes
1.	 Sameet Vohra was appointed with effect from 13 April 2022.
2.	 Tania Songini was appointed with effect from 5 May 2022.
Non-Executive Directors
All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company for an initial period of three years, and are subject to annual reappointment 
at the AGM. Appointments are terminable by either party on one month’s written notice. The appointment letters for the Non-Executive Directors 
provide that no compensation is payable on termination, other than accrued fees and expenses.
All Executive Directors’ service agreements and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office at Crossways Point 15, Victory Way, Crossways Business Park, Dartford, Kent DA26DT.
Remuneration in the wider Group
Throughout the Group, base salary and benefit levels are set taking into account prevailing market conditions. Differences between Executive Director 
pay policy and other employee terms reflect the seniority of the individuals and the nature of responsibilities. The key difference in policy is that for 
Executive Directors a greater proportion of total remuneration is based on performance-related incentives. The Committee has oversight of incentive 
plans operated throughout the Group. The incentive arrangements for the senior management immediately below Board level align with the long term 
interests of the business and, where appropriate, objectives may be tailored to individual business areas.
When setting the policy for the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Committee pays regard to the pay and employment conditions of 
employees within the Group. However, the Committee does not use comparison metrics or consult directly with employees when formulating the 
remuneration policy for Executive Directors. The Committee reviews salary increases and pay conditions within the business as a whole to provide 
context for decisions in respect of Executive Directors.
Shareholder engagement
We are committed to active engagement with our shareholders. As and when necessary, the Committee will consult with leading shareholders prior 
to any material change in the way we operate the Directors’ Remuneration Policy or when a new policy is being proposed.
Robert Legget
Senior Independent Director
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
23 January 2023
64
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Directors’ report
The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited Financial Statements for the Group for the year ended 30 September 2022.
General information
The Company was incorporated as a public company limited by shares in England and Wales on 28 January 2015 with registered number 09411297 
and traded as Lakehouse plc until the Company changed its name to Sureserve Group plc on 1 October 2018, following the divestment of the Group’s 
Construction and Property Services divisions. It is domiciled in the UK. The Company is listed on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange. 
The Company’s registered address is Crossways Point 15, Victory Way, Crossways Business Park, Dartford, Kent DA2 6DT.
Principal activities
Sureserve is a leading UK social housing energy services group, delivering heating and energy efficiency measures to housing associations, local 
authorities and landlords across the UK. The principal activity of the parent company is the holding of investments.
Results and dividends
The results for the year are set out in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on page 73. The Directors do not intend to pay a dividend 
for this financial year.
Directors and Directors’ interests
The Directors who held office during the year and to date were as follows:
	
X Nick Winks
	
X Peter Smith
	
X Sameet Vohra*1
	
X Robert Legget
	
X Derek Zissman
	
X Christopher Mills
	
X Tania Songini*2
*1	 Sameet Vohra was appointed as a Director with effect from 13 April 2022.
*2	 Tania Songini was appointed as a Director with effect from 5 May 2022.
Biographical details and Committee membership details for Directors appear on pages 48 and 49. 
All Directors are required to retire annually, in line with the Articles of Association.
The Directors who held office during the financial year had the following interests in the shares of the Company:
Beneficial/
non-beneficial
At 1 October
2021
(or date of
appointment)
Movement
in year
At
30 September
2022
At
30 September
2022
Percentage
Nick Winks
Beneficial
100,000
50,000
150,000
0.09%
Peter Smith
Beneficial
95,837
—
95,837
0.05%
Sameet Vohra1
Beneficial
—
—
—
0.00%
Robert Legget
Beneficial
—
—
—
0.00%
Derek Zissman
Beneficial
130,000
—
130,000
0.08%
Tania Songini2
Beneficial
—
—
—
0.00%
Christopher Mills3
Non-beneficial
30,202,500
(390,000)
29,812,500
18.21%
1. 	Sameet Vohra was appointed as a Director with effect from 13 April 2022.
2.	 Tania Songini was appointed as a Director with effect from 5 May 2022.
3.	 Christopher Mills is a Director and shareholder of Harwood Capital LLP and entities for which Harwood LLP acts as investment manager.
Details of Directors’ emoluments and interests in share options are disclosed in the report of the Board to the shareholders on Directors’ remuneration 
on pages 61 to 64.
No Director has had a material interest in any contract of significance in relation to the business of the Company, or any of its subsidiary undertakings, 
during the financial year or had as such at the end of the financial year.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
65
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Directors’ report continued
Substantial shareholdings and share capital
As at 9 January 2023, being the latest practical date prior to the publication of this document, the Company has been advised of the following 
interests in 3% or more of the Company’s ordinary share capital:
Percentage
Number
held
of shares
%
Harwood Capital Management Group
30,202,500
18.17
Slater Investments
26,318,325
15.84
Estate of Steve Rawlings
12,537,962
7.54
Chelverton Asset Management
8,150,000
4.90
Charles Stanley Group
7,054,151
4.24
Octopus Investments Limited
5,705,570
3.43
The Company has one class of share in issue, being ordinary shares with a nominal value of 10 pence each. As at 30 September 2022, there were 
165,892,554 shares in issue.
Directors’ indemnity
The Company’s Articles of Association provide, subject to the provisions of UK legislation, an indemnity for Directors and officers of the Company 
and the Group in respect of liabilities they may incur in the discharge of their duties or in the exercise of their powers, including any liability relating 
to the defence of any proceedings brought against them which relate to anything done or omitted, or alleged to have been done or omitted, by them 
as officers or employees of the Company and the Group.
Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance cover is in place in respect of all the Company’s Directors.
Directors’ powers
As set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, the business of the Company is managed by the Board which may exercise all powers of the Company.
Our people
The Group’s policy is to consider all job applications on a fair basis free from discrimination in relation to age, sex, race, ethnicity, religion, sexual 
orientation or disability not related to job performance. Every consideration is given to applications for employment from disabled persons, where 
the requirement of the job may be adequately covered by a disabled person. Where existing employees become disabled, it is the Group’s policy 
wherever practicable to provide continuing employment under normal terms and conditions and to provide training and career development 
wherever appropriate.
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its employees and encourages the development of employee involvement in each of 
its operating companies through formal and informal meetings. It is the Group’s policy to ensure that all employees are made aware of significant 
matters affecting the performance of the Group through the operation of employee forums, information bulletins, informal meetings, team briefings, 
internal newsletters and the Group’s website and intranet. In addition, the Company’s SAYE scheme is available for subscription by all employees.
Key performance indicators
Details of the Group’s key performance indicators can be found on pages 20 to 23.
Principal risks and uncertainties
Details of the risks and uncertainties faced by the Group can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 45 to 47.
Financial instruments
An explanation of the Group’s treasury policies and existing financial instruments is set out in note 2 of the Financial Statements.
Employee engagement
Details of how the Directors have engaged with Group employees, clients, suppliers and customers in the year can be found in the Strategic Report 
on pages 16 to 19. 
66
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Business relationships
Details of the Group’s business relationships can be found in the S172 statement on pages 16 to 19.
Future developments
Details on operational developments in the Group can be found in the Looking forward section within the Operational review on page 38 and 39. 
Carbon reporting
Details of the Group’s carbon reporting figures, including SECR, can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 32 and 33. 
Donations
The Group made charitable donations in the year of £49,602. Information on the Group’s resources, relationships and sustainability is set out on 
pages 01 to 47. The Group made no political donations during the year.
Annual General Meeting
A separate notice convening the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held at the City of London Club, 19 Old Broad St, London EC2N 
1DS, on 21 March 2023 will be sent out with this Annual Report and Financial Statements. Attendance will require pre-registration and there will 
be an opportunity to put forward questions to be asked at the meeting in lieu of attendance.
Corporate governance
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be found in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 51 to 68. The Corporate 
Governance Report forms part of this Directors’ Report and is incorporated into it by cross-reference.
Section 172 statement
The required statement under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 is contained within the Strategic Report on pages 16 to 19.
Independent auditor
The auditor, RSM UK Audit LLP, has indicated its willingness under section 489 of the Companies Act 2006 to continue in office and a resolution 
that it be reappointed will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.
Statement as to disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:
	
X In so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware
	
X The Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information
This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006. 
By order of the Board
John Charlton
Group Company Secretary
23 January 2023
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
67
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report, the 
Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company 
Financial Statements for each financial year. The Directors have elected 
under company law and the AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange 
to prepare Group Financial Statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards and have elected under company 
law to prepare the Company Financial Statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law).
The Group Financial Statements are required by law and UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards to present fairly the financial position 
and performance of the Group. The Companies Act 2006 provides in 
relation to such Financial Statements that references in the relevant 
part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are 
references to their achieving a fair presentation.
Under company law the Directors must not approve the Financial 
Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit 
or loss of the Group for that period. 
In preparing each of the Group and Company Financial Statements, 
the Directors are required to:
a.	 Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently
b.	 Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 
and prudent
c.	 For the Group Financial Statements, state whether they have been 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards 
d.	 For the Company Financial Statements state whether applicable 
UK accounting standards have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the Company 
Financial Statements
e.	 Prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the Company will 
continue in business
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and the Company and enable them to 
ensure that the Financial Statements comply with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and the Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Sureserve 
Group plc website.
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.
This statement was approved by the Board of Directors on 23 January 2023 
and is signed on its behalf by:
Peter Smith
Chief Executive Officer
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the 
Annual Report and the Financial Statements
68
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Independent auditor’s report
To the members of Sureserve Group plc
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Sureserve Group plc 
(the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year 
ended 30 September 2022 which comprise the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of financial position, 
consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated statement 
of cash flows, company balance sheet, company statement of changes 
in equity and notes to the financial statements, including significant 
accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable 
law and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the 
parent company financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 
101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).
In our opinion: 
	
e the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 September 2022 
and of the group’s profit for the year then ended
	
e the group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards
	
e the parent company financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice
	
e the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence 
we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.
Summary of our audit approach
Key audit 
matters
Group
	
e Provisions and contingent liabilities under IAS 37
Parent Company
	
e Provisions and contingent liabilities under IAS 37
Materiality
Group
	
e Overall materiality: £930k (2021: £1,090k)
	
e Performance materiality: £698k (2021: £821k)
Parent Company
	
e Overall materiality: £500k (2021: £500k)
	
e Performance materiality: £375k (2021: £375k)
Scope
Our audit procedures covered 94% of revenue, 95% 
of total assets and 96% of profit before tax.
Key audit matter
The key audit matter is the matter that, in our professional judgment, 
was of most significance in our audit of the group financial statements 
of the current period and includes the most significant assessed risks 
of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, 
including those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit 
strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts 
of the engagement team. This matter were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the group financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on this matter. 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
69
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Key audit matter continued
Provisions and contingent liabilities under IAS 37
Key audit matter 
description
The financial statements include provisions for legal and other costs of £2.0m (2021: £2.0m) as disclosed in Note 25 of the 
consolidated financial statements. The parent company financial statements includes provisions for legal and other costs of 
£1.1m (2021: 1.1m) as disclosed in Note 45. The assessment of whether economic outflows are probable, possible or remote 
involves a high degree of management judgement and the amounts provided by management involve a high degree of estimation 
uncertainty. As a result of this, and the impact on allocation of audit resource, the matter was considered to be one of most 
significance in the group and parent company audit and therefore determined to be a key audit matter. 
How the matter 
was addressed 
in the audit
Our response to the risk included: 
	
e Obtaining confirmation from management of the completeness of all actual and potential claims including confirmation 
of their judgement as to whether the likelihood of claims is remote, possible or probable
	
e Requesting confirmation from the group’s solicitors regarding the status of known claims and completeness of claims
	
e Reviewing correspondence from the group’s solicitors in respect of actual and potential claims and holding discussions 
with management regarding their judgement over the existence and valuation of required provisions, or lack thereof
	
e Consulting an auditor’s expert in respect of provisions and contingent liabilities relating to the disposal in a prior year 
of Lakehouse Contracts Limited and Foster Property Maintenance Limited
	
e Corroboration of key assertions made by management to supporting documentation
	
e Audit of the disclosures made in respect of provisions and of contingent liabilities for which no provision has been made. 
Our application of materiality
When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole, could reasonably 
influence the economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature and the size of the misstatements. Based on our professional 
judgement, we determined materiality as follows:
Group
Parent company
Overall materiality
£930k (2021: £1,090k)
£500k (2021: £500k)
Basis for determining 
overall materiality
5% (2021: 7.5%) of Operating Profit before 
Exceptional and non-recurring items.
1% (2021: 1%) of net assets
Rationale for 
benchmark applied
Operating profit before exceptional and non-recurring 
items is considered to be an appropriate benchmark 
as it is the primary measure used by shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the Group.
Net assets considered appropriate benchmark for 
holding company.
Performance materiality
£698k (2021: £821k)
£375k (2021: £375k)
Basis for determining 
performance materiality
75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality
75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality
Reporting of misstatements 
to the Audit Committee
Misstatements in excess of £47k (2021: £55k) and 
misstatements below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
Misstatements in excess of £25k (2021: £25k) and 
misstatements below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
An overview of the scope of our audit
The group consists of 17 components, all of which are based in the UK.
Number of components
Revenue
Total assets
Profit before tax
Full scope audit
7
80%
90%
96%
Specific audit procedures
3
14%
5%
0%
Total
10
94%
95%
96%
Our specific audit procedures were performed to address the identified significant risks of material misstatement for the group and include the review 
of revenue, accrued income and right-of-use assets of the scoped components. Analytical procedures were completed at group level for the remaining 
seven components.
Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of Sureserve Group plc
70
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting included audit of the three-year forecasts prepared by management, review of compliance with covenants for 
facilities in place in the period and after the period end and corroboration of cash balances. We concluded that the directors’ assessment was 
appropriate in the circumstances and have no key observations to make.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial 
statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
	
e the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared 
is consistent with the financial statements
	
e the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in 
our opinion:
	
e adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 
not visited by us
	
e the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns
	
e certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made
	
e we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 68, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
71
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of Sureserve Group plc
The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. The objectives of our audit are to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence 
regarding compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance with other laws and regulations that may have a material effect 
on the financial statements, and to respond appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations identified during 
the audit. 
In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud, to 
obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud through designing and implementing 
appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit. 
However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, to ensure that the entity’s operations 
are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection of fraud.
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, the group audit engagement team: 
	
e obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory frameworks that the group and parent 
company operate in and how the group and parent company are complying with the legal and regulatory frameworks
	
e inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification and assessment of the risks of irregularities, including 
any known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud
	
e discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur including assessment of how and where the 
financial statements may be susceptible to fraud
All relevant laws and regulations identified at a Group level and areas susceptible to fraud that could have a material effect on the financial statements 
were communicated to component auditors. Any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations identified and communicated by a 
component auditor were considered in our audit approach.
The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:
Legislation / Regulation
Additional audit procedures performed by the audit engagement 
team included: 
UK-adopted IAS, FRS 101 and Companies Act 2006
Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation 
and completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance.
Tax compliance regulations
Inspection of computations received from external tax advisors and consideration 
of whether any matter identified during the audit required reporting to an appropriate 
authority outside the entity.
Health and safety regulations
Inquiries of management and those charged with governance and inspection 
of correspondence with regulatory authorities.
The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:
Risk
Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team: 
Revenue recognition
Testing was completed on a sample basis to test whether revenue transactions were 
recorded in the correct period.
Transactions posted to nominal ledger codes outside of the normal revenue cycle 
were identified through use of a data analytic tool and investigated.
Management override of controls 
Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments; 
Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are 
indicative of a potential bias; and
Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual 
or outside the normal course of business.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 
72
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work 
has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no 
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
CATHERINE HACKNEY (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
25 Farringdon Street
London
EC4A 4AB
23 January 2023
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
73
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 September 2022
2022
2021
(restated)*1
Notes
£’000
£’000
Continuing operations
Revenue
4
275,096
216,577
Cost of sales
(234,049)
(180,275)
Gross profit
41,047
36,302
Other operating expenses
(25,644)
(25,198)
Share of results of joint venture
19
1,424
1,158
Operating profit before exceptional and other items
4,5
16,827
12,262
Acquisition costs
8
(120)
—
Amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles
(269)
—
Impairment of goodwill
15
—
(188)
Operating profit
16,438
12,074
Finance expense
9
(864)
(1,000)
Profit before tax
4, 5
15,574
11,074
Taxation
12
(2,481)
(1,997)
Profit for the period attributable to the equity holders of the Group from continuing operations
13,093
9,077
(Loss)/profit for the period from discontinued operations
6
(2,022)
2,275
Profit for the period attributable to the equity holders of the Group
11,071
11,352
Earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic
14
8.0p
5.7p
Diluted
14
7.8p
5.6p
Loss/earnings per share from discontinued operations
Basic
14
(1.2p)
1.4p
Diluted
14
(1.2p)
1.4p
Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations
Basic
14
6.8p
7.1p
Diluted
14
6.6p
7.0p
Adjusted earnings per share
Basic
14
9.0p
7.0p
Diluted
14
8.8p
6.8p
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
*1 	 The prior year numbers have been restated due to two entities been classified as discontinued at 30 September 2022 (see note 6 for further details). 
 
74
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Consolidated statement of financial position
At 30 September 2022
2022
2021
Notes
£’000
£’000
Non-current assets
Goodwill
15
40,932
42,479
Other intangible assets
16
1,403
820
Property, plant and equipment
17
1,989
2,009
Right of use assets
18
14,363
11,564
Interests in joint ventures
19
2,494
1,660
Deferred tax assets
26
444
344
61,625
58,876
Current assets
Inventories
20
5,059
4,199
Trade and other receivables
21
53,996
43,249
Cash and cash equivalents
19,319
16,444
78,374
63,892
Assets classified as held for sale
6
15,338
—
Total current assets
93,712
63,892
Total assets
155,337
122,768
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
22
54,070
47,397
Lease liabilities
27
5,494
4,071
Provisions
25
497
403
Income tax payable
238
1,003
60,299
52,874
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale
6
8,233
—
Total current liabilities
68,532
52,874
Net current assets
25,180
11,018
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
27
9,582
7,972
Provisions
25
1,467
1,596
11,049
9,568
Total liabilities
79,581
62,442
Net assets
75,756
60,326
Equity 
Called up share capital
28
16,589
16,122
Share premium account
30
28,740
25,620
Share-based payment reserve
30
634
349
Merger reserve
30
20,067
20,067
Retained earnings
9,726
(1,832)
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
75,756
60,326
The Financial Statements of Sureserve Group plc (registered number 09411297) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 
23 January 2023. They were signed on its behalf by:
Sameet Vohra
Director
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of financial position. 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
75
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 September 2022
Share capital
Share
 premium 
account
Share-based
 payment
 reserve
Own shares
Merger
 reserve
Retained
 earnings
Total equity
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
At 1 October 2020
15,934
25,408
650
(290)
20,067
(11,663)
50,106
Profit for the year
—
—
—
—
—
11,352
11,352
Dividends paid (Note 13)
—
—
—
—
—
(1,595)
(1,595)
Issue of shares (exercise of options)
188
212
—
—
—
(105)
295
Equity-settled share-based payments, net of tax
—
—
168
—
—
—
168
Reserve transfer
—
—
(469)
290
—
179
—
At 30 September 2021
16,122
25,620
349
—
20,067
(1,832)
60,326
Profit for the year
—
—
—
 —
—
11,071
11,071
Issue of shares (acquisition of CorEnergy Limited) (Note 34)
370
2,942
—
—
—
—
3,312
Issue of shares (exercise of options)
97
178
—
—
—
—
275
Equity-settled share-based payments, net of tax
—
—
381
—
—
391
772
Reserve transfer
—
—
(96)
—
—
96
—
At 30 September 2022
16,589
28,740
634
—
20,067
9,726
75,756
76
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 September 2022
2022
2021
(restated)*1
Notes
£’000
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations 
33
16,372
12,259
Interest paid
(791)
(885)
Income taxes paid
(2,637)
(2,037)
Net operating cash flows from discontinued activities
3,408
4,833
Net cash generated from operating activities
16,352
14,170
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of shares in subsidiary, net of cash acquired
(2,661)
(200)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(765)
(1,528)
Purchase of intangible assets
(911)
(543)
Sale of property and equipment
7
18
Net investing cash flows from discontinued activities
(85)
(44)
Net cash used in investing activities
(4,415)
(2,297)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of shares
275
295
Dividend paid to shareholders
—
(1,595)
Repayment of lease liabilities
(4,797)
(3,505)
Finance issue costs 
(201)
—
Net financing cash flows from discontinued activities
(350)
(303)
Net cash used in financing activities
(5,073)
(5,108)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
6,864
6,765
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
16,444
9,679
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
23,308
16,444
Cash and cash equivalents 
19,319
16,444
Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale
3,989
—
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
23,308
16,444
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of cash flows. 
Cash and cash equivalents shown above excludes capitalised loan arrangement fees.
*1	 The prior-year numbers have been restated due to two entities been classified as discontinued at 30 September 2022 (see note 6 for further details). 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
77
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

General information
Sureserve Group plc is a company incorporated in England and Wales 
under the Companies Act. The address of the registered office is 
Crossways Point 15, Victory Way, Crossways Business Park, Dartford, 
Kent DA2 6DT.
The consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Pounds Sterling 
because that is the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the Group operates. The principal activities are discussed in the 
Operational Review of the Annual Report.
1. Basis of preparation
Basis of accounting
The consolidated Financial Statements of Sureserve Group plc are 
prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention, in accordance 
with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies 
reporting under those standards. The Company’s ordinary shares are 
quoted on AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange.
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below.
The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in 
dealing with items which are considered material in relation to the 
Group’s Financial Statements except as noted below.
All amounts disclosed in the Financial Statements and notes have been 
rounded off to the nearest thousand Pounds Sterling unless otherwise stated.
Adoption of new and revised standards
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the 
previous financial year. 
New standards and interpretations not applied
The International Accounting Standards Board issued the following 
standards and interpretations for annual periods beginning on or after the 
effective dates as noted below. The adoption of the below standards is 
not expected to have a significant impact on the Financial Statements.
IAS/IFRS standards
Effective for accounting 
periods starting on 
or after
IFRS 17 
Insurance Contracts
1 January 2023
IFRS 3 (amendment): 
reference to the 
conceptual framework
Business Combinations
1 January 2022
IAS 37 (amendment): 
onerous contracts — cost 
of fulfilling a contract
Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities, and 
Contingent Assets
1 January 2022
IAS 16 (amendment): 
proceeds before 
intended use
Property, Plant 
and Equipment
1 January 2022
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the assets, liabilities, 
income and expenses of the Group. The Financial Statements of the 
subsidiaries are prepared for the same financial reporting period as the 
Company. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the Financial 
Statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line 
with those used by the Group. Intercompany transactions, balances and 
unrealised gain and loss transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated on consolidation.
As a consolidated statement of comprehensive income is published, a 
separate profit and loss account for the parent company is omitted from 
the Financial Statements by virtue of section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006.
Going concern
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. The Directors regard the foreseeable future as 
no less than 12 months following publication of its annual Financial 
Statements, so in practical terms, 16 months from the reporting date. 
The Directors review and approve the annual budget, three-year plan and 
forecasts, including forecasts of cash flows, borrowing requirements and 
covenant headroom, taking account of reasonable possible changes in 
trading performance and the current state of its operating market, and 
are satisfied that the Group should be able to operate within the level of 
its current facilities and in compliance with the covenants arising from 
those facilities. In December 2021, the Group renewed its bank facilities 
to provide an overdraft facility of £5,000,000 together with a revolving 
credit facility of £15,000,000 which runs to 31 January 2025. At 23 
January 2023, the revolving credit facility remained undrawn. Accordingly, 
the Directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial information. Please see further statement in the Strategic Report.
2. Significant accounting policies
Operating segments
Following the update to the Group’s strategy during the period, the 
Board of Directors has changed the basis of segmental reporting to 
move away from the previously reported two segment reporting basis 
(Compliance and Energy Services) to a single business segment of 
‘Social Housing Energy Services’. Costs are allocated to the appropriate 
segment as they arise with central overheads apportioned on a reasonable 
basis. Operating segments are presented in a manner consistent with 
internal reporting, with inter-segment revenue and expenditure eliminated 
on consolidation.
Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries are accounted for using the acquisition 
method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is 
measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-
date fair values of assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred by 
the Group to the former owners of the acquired company and the equity 
interest issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquired 
company. Acquisition-related costs are recognised as non-trading 
exceptional costs in profit or loss as incurred. 
At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed are recognised at their fair value. Goodwill is measured as the 
excess of the sum of the consideration transferred over the net of the 
acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition-date amounts 
of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the 
sum of the consideration transferred, the excess is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.
When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business 
combination includes an asset or liability resulting from a contingent 
consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured 
at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration 
transferred in a business combination. Changes in fair value of the 
contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments 
are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against 
goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise 
from additional information obtained during the ‘measurement period’ 
(which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts 
and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.
The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the 
contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period 
adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. 
Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at 
subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted 
for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset 
or liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance 
with IFRS 9 or IAS 37 as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or 
loss being recognised in profit or loss.
Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 September 2022
78
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Acquisition costs
Management believes that acquisition costs are exceptional in nature and 
they are presented as such in the income statement, so as not to distort 
presentation of the underlying performance of the Group.
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially recognised and measured as set out above.
Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of 
the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination. Cash-generating units to which the goodwill has 
been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently 
when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of 
the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying 
amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets 
of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset 
in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed 
in a subsequent period.
On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is 
included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are carried at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Amortisation is recognised on a straight line basis over their useful lives. 
The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the 
end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate 
being accounted for on a prospective basis. 
The estimated useful life for each asset type is set out below.
Computer software and capitalised 
development costs	 	
	
—	
three to five years
Development costs are capitalised when the asset is identifiable, the 
value can be measured reliably and it is probable that economic benefits 
will flow to the Group.
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised 
separately from goodwill are initially recognised at their fair value at the 
acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost). Intangible assets are 
recognised if they are separable from the acquired entity or give rise to 
other contractual/legal rights. The amounts ascribed to such intangibles 
are arrived at by using suitable valuation techniques.
Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a 
business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible 
assets that are acquired separately. 
The estimated useful economic lives and the methods used to determine 
the cost of intangibles acquired in a business combination are as follows:
Intangible asset
Useful economic life
Valuation method
Contracted customer 
order book
Remaining period 
of the contract
Expected cash 
flows receivable
Customer relationships
Five years
Expected cash 
flows receivable
Non-compete agreements
Five years
With or without method
Derecognition of intangible assets
An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or when no future 
economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. The gain or loss 
from derecognition of an intangible asset, measured as the difference 
between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
is recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.
Property, plant and equipment, and right of use assets
Property, plant and equipment, and right of use assets are stated at cost 
less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.
Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of a tangible asset, 
less its estimated residual value, over the estimated useful economic life 
of that asset on the following bases:
Leasehold improvements	
—	
over the period of the lease
Plant and equipment	
—	
15% to 33.33% per annum 
on a straight line basis
Fixtures and fittings	 	
—	
20% to 33.33% per annum 
on a straight line basis
Motor vehicles	
	
—	
25% per annum on a 
straight line basis
Right of use assets	 	
—	
over the period of the lease
The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method 
are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any 
changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis. Right of use 
assets are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis 
as owned assets or, where shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal, 
or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the 
continued use of the asset. The gain or loss arising on the disposal or 
scrappage of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit 
or loss.
Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of tangible 
and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that 
those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication 
exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the 
extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate 
cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates 
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset 
belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be 
identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating 
units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating 
units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.
An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is tested for impairment 
at least annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may 
be impaired.
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value 
in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows 
have not been adjusted. If the recoverable amount of an asset (or 
cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, 
the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to 
its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately 
in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, 
in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of 
the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of 
its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does 
not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no 
impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) 
in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately 
in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, 
in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a 
revaluation increase.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
79
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
customer. The Group applies the relevant output or input method 
consistently to similar performance obligations in other contracts. 
Performance obligations satisfied at a point in time
If the criteria for satisfying a performance obligation over time are not 
met, revenue is recognised at the point in time when control of the goods 
or services transfers to the customer. This will be at the point when the 
jobs are completed and there is a right to invoice.
The Group typically recognises revenue on a point in time basis for 
the following:
	
e Smart metering
	
e Certain energy services
(i)	 Schedule of Rates (‘SOR’) contracts
SOR contracts are set based on predetermined rates for a list of services 
and duties required by the customer. 
For short term jobs usually completed within a few days, the right to 
consideration is considered to correspond directly with the value of 
performance completed to date as measured by the amounts specified 
for each job set out on the rate card. Revenue is recognised when the 
jobs are completed or invoiced. Where deemed appropriate, the Group will 
utilise the practical expedient within IFRS 15 and recognise revenue in line 
with amounts invoiced. Contract fulfilment costs are expensed as incurred. 
For longer term jobs, the Group applies the relevant output or input 
revenue recognition method for measuring progress that depicts the 
Group’s performance in transferring control of the goods or services 
to the customer. Contract fulfilment costs are expensed as incurred.
Certain longer term jobs use the output method based upon surveys 
of performance completed or milestones reached which allow the Group 
to recognise revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to 
the customer of the goods or services transferred to date relative to the 
remaining goods or services under the contract. 
Under the input method, revenue is recognised in direct proportion to 
costs incurred where the transfer of control is most closely aligned to the 
Group’s efforts in delivering the service.
(ii)	Fixed price (or lump sum) service contracts
Certain contracts, in particular for gas servicing and maintenance, are 
procured on a fixed price basis. Revenue qualifies for recognition over 
time as the customer receives and consumes the benefits from the 
service as it is being provided. Revenue for maintenance/reactive 
activities is recognised on a straight line basis over the term of the 
contract. Where servicing and maintenance activity is expected to take 
place evenly throughout the performance period, revenue is recognised 
on a straight line basis over the contract term. Where activity is more 
aligned to periodic service events, then revenue is allocated to those 
events and recognised over the contract term when those events take 
place. Contract fulfilment costs are expensed as incurred.
(iii)	Accrued income and deferred income
The Group’s customer contracts include a diverse range of payment 
schedules which are often agreed at the inception of longer term jobs 
under which it receives payments throughout the term of the contracts.
Where revenue recognised at the period-end date is more than amounts 
invoiced, the Group recognises an accrued income contract asset for 
this difference. Where revenue recognised at the period end date is less 
than amounts invoiced, the Group recognises a deferred income contract 
liability for this difference.
Employee benefits
Retirement benefit costs
The Group contributes to the personal pension plans of certain 
employees of the Group. The assets of these schemes are held in 
independently administered funds. The pension cost charged in the 
Financial Statements represents the contributions payable by the 
Group in accordance with IAS 19.
2. Significant accounting policies continued
Exceptional items
Items which are significant by their size and/or nature require separate 
disclosure and are reported separately in the statement of comprehensive 
income. Details of exceptional items are explained in Note 8.
Revenue
Revenue recognition is determined according to the requirements 
of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. All revenue 
is considered revenue from contracts with customers as defined 
by IFRS 15. IFRS 15 prescribes a five-step model of accounting for 
revenue recognition which includes identifying the contract, identifying 
performance obligations, determining the transaction price, allocating 
the transaction price to different performance obligations and the 
timing of recognition of revenue in connection with different 
performance obligations.
For contracts with multiple components to be delivered such as 
solar panels, servicing and repairs, management applies judgement to 
consider whether those promised goods and services are: (i) distinct – 
to be accounted for as separate performance obligations; (ii) not distinct 
– to be combined with other promised goods or services until a bundle 
is identified that is distinct; or (iii) part of a series of distinct goods and 
services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of 
transfer to the customer. 
At contract inception the total transaction price is estimated, being the 
amount to which the Group expects to be entitled and has rights to under 
the present contract. This includes the fixed price stated in the contract 
and an assessment of any variable consideration resulting from variation 
orders, discounts, rebates, refunds, performance bonuses, penalties 
and service credits. Variable consideration is estimated based on the 
expected value or the most likely outcome method and is only recognised 
to the extent that it is highly probable that a subsequent change in its 
estimate would not result in a significant revenue reversal. 
Once the total transaction price is determined, the Group allocates this 
to the identified performance obligations in proportion to their relative 
stand-alone selling prices and recognises revenue when (or as) those 
performance obligations are satisfied. 
For each performance obligation identified in the contract, the Group 
determines if revenue will be recognised over time or at a point in time. 
Performance obligations satisfied over time
The Group recognises revenue over time on contracts where any of the 
following criteria is met:
	
e The customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits 
provided by the Group’s performance as the Group performs it
	
e The services provided create or enhance an asset that the 
customer controls
	
e The services provided do not create an asset with an alternative use 
to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for 
performance completed to date
The Group typically recognises revenue on an over time basis for 
the following:
	
e Certain energy services
	
e Gas services
	
e Fire services
	
e Water and air hygiene services 
	
e Lift services
For each performance obligation to be recognised over time, the Group 
applies a revenue recognition method that faithfully depicts the Group’s 
performance in transferring control of the goods or services to the 
customer. This decision requires assessment of the real nature of the 
goods or services that the Group has promised to transfer to the 
80
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Employee benefits continued
Share-based payments
The Company has issued equity-settled share-based awards and free 
shares to certain employees. The fair value of share-based awards with 
non-market performance conditions is determined at the date of the grant 
using a binominal model. The fair value of share-based awards with 
market-related performance conditions is determined at the date of grant 
using the Monte Carlo model. Share-based awards are recognised 
as expenses based on the Company’s estimate of the shares that will 
eventually vest, on a straight line basis over the vesting period, with 
a corresponding increase in the share option reserve.
At each reporting date the Company revises its estimates of the number 
of options that are expected to vest based on service and non-market 
performance conditions. The amount expensed is adjusted over the 
vesting period for changes in the estimate of the number of shares that 
will eventually vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, 
if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense 
reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity 
reserves. Options with market-related performance conditions will vest 
based on total shareholder return against a selected group of quoted 
market comparators. Following the initial valuation, no adjustments are 
made in respect of market-based conditions at the reporting date.
Employee Benefit Trust
The Company established an Employee Benefit Trust upon its IPO, 
whose remit is to hold Sureserve Group plc shares on behalf of its 
employees. The Trust is wholly funded by the Group and although legally 
independent is deemed to be controlled by the Group as the Trust relies 
on it for funding and the Company is able to remove and appoint the 
trustees. The assets and liabilities of the Trust are therefore consolidated 
with those of the Group. 
Finance income and costs
Interest receivable and payable on bank balances is credited or charged 
to the statement of comprehensive income as incurred.
Finance arrangement fees and issue costs are capitalised and netted 
off against borrowings. All other borrowing costs are written off to the 
statement of comprehensive income as incurred. If there are nil borrowing 
costs the finance arrangement fees are included within other receivables.
Notional interest payable, representing the amortisation of loan 
arrangement fees, is charged to finance costs. 
Costs incurred in raising finance
Costs incurred in raising finance are capitalised and amortised through 
the profit and loss account over the term of the funding. In the event 
that the associated finance product is refinanced prior to its expiring, 
the unamortised costs are treated as an ‘other item’ on the face of the 
statement of comprehensive income, to the extent that they are replaced 
with fees and costs associated with raising the new finance. 
Assets held for sale
Assets and liabilities within a disposal group classified as held for sale 
are presented separately and measured at the lower of their carrying 
amounts immediately prior to their classification as held for sale and their 
fair value less costs to sell. However, some held for sale assets, such 
as financial assets or deferred tax assets, continue to be measured in 
accordance with the Group’s relevant accounting policy for those assets. 
Once classified as held for sale, the assets are not subject to depreciation 
or amortisation. Any profit or loss arising from the sale of a discontinued 
operation or its remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell is presented 
as part of a single line item, profit, or loss from discontinued operations.
Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group that either has 
been disposed of or is classified as held for sale. A discontinued 
operation represents a separate major line of the business. Profit or loss 
from discontinued operations comprises the post-tax profit or loss of 
discontinued operations and the post-tax gain or loss recognised on the 
measurement to fair value less costs to sell or on the disposal group(s) 
constituting the discontinued operation.
Taxation 
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and 
deferred tax.
The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable 
profit differs from net profit as reported in the statement of comprehensive 
income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable 
or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s asset for current tax is calculated 
using tax rates prevailing at the year end.
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the Financial 
Statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation 
of taxable profit and is accounted for using the statement of financial 
position liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised 
for all taxable temporary differences; deferred tax assets are recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against 
which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets 
and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from 
the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than 
in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction 
that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each statement 
of financial position date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part 
of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the statement of comprehensive 
income, except when it relates to items charged or credited in other 
comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with 
in other comprehensive income.
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax 
consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group 
expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the 
carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to 
income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends 
to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
Current and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss, except when 
they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income 
or directly in equity, in which case the current and deferred tax are also 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, 
respectively. When current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial 
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the 
accounting for the business combination.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost 
comprises direct materials and, where appropriate, labour and overheads 
which have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present 
location and condition. Net realisable value represents the estimated 
selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be 
incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Provision is made, where 
appropriate, to reduce the value of inventory to its net realisable value.
Government grants
The Group recognises a Government grant when it is receivable. 
Government grants are offset against applicable costs where 
appropriate, as opposed to being reported as other income. 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
81
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
2. Significant accounting policies continued
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and where it is 
probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and the 
amount can be reliably estimated. The amount recognised as a provision 
is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present 
obligation at the statement of financial position date, taking into account 
the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision 
is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present 
obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows 
(when the time value of money is material). Details of material provisions 
are disclosed unless it is not practicable to do so or where it could be 
expected to prejudice seriously the position of the entity.
Contingent liabilities
Where a provision or accrual is deemed to be required it has been 
included within the consolidated statement of financial position. For 
contingent liabilities where an economic outflow is possible, it is often 
not practicable to estimate the financial effect due to the range of 
estimation uncertainty. For contingent liabilities where the possibility of 
economic outflow is remote, disclosure of the estimated financial effect 
is not required. 
Contingent liabilities acquired in a business combination are initially 
valued at fair value at the acquisition date. At the end of subsequent 
reporting periods, such contingent liabilities are measured at the higher 
of the amount that would be recognised in accordance with IAS 37 and 
the amount initially recognised.
Joint ventures
Under IFRS 11 joint ventures are accounted for under the equity method 
of accounting. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties 
have joint control of the arrangement and have rights to the net assets of 
the arrangement. Loans receivable from joint ventures and investments 
in joint venture entities are reviewed for impairment at each year end.
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s 
statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument. The principal financial assets 
and liabilities of the Group are as follows:
(a)	Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and 
measured subsequently at amortised cost less any provision for 
impairment losses including expected credit losses. In accordance with 
IFRS 9 the Group applies the simplified approach to measuring expected 
credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade 
receivables and accrued income contract assets, estimated using a 
combination of historical experience and forward-looking information. 
(b)	Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits 
with a maturity of three months or less. Bank overdrafts are presented 
as current liabilities to the extent that there is no right of offset with cash 
balances. A contractual obligation from a customer is completed when 
the payment is approved on the customer’s banking system, whether this 
be via BACS or same day transfer, with cash being recognised as the 
contractual obligation is released.
(c)	Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are not interest bearing and are stated initially 
at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost.
(d)	Bank and other borrowings
Interest-bearing bank and other loans are recorded at the fair value of the 
proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including 
premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, 
are accounted for at amortised cost and on an accruals basis in the 
statement of comprehensive income using the effective interest method. 
Interest is added to the carrying value of the instrument to the extent that 
they are not settled in the period in which they arise. 
(e)	Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity are classified according to the substance 
of the financial instrument’s contractual obligations rather than the 
financial instrument’s legal form. An equity instrument is any contract that 
evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting 
all of its liabilities.
(f)	Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds 
received, net of direct issue costs.
Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is a lease at inception of the 
contract. A lease conveys the right to direct the use and obtain 
substantially all of the economic benefits of an identified asset for a 
period of time in exchange for consideration. 
A right of use asset and corresponding lease liability are recognised 
at commencement of the lease. The lease liability is measured at the 
present value of the lease payments, discounted at the rate implicit in the 
lease, or if that cannot be readily determined, at the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate specific to the type of asset. The lease liability is subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. It is 
remeasured, with a corresponding adjustment to the right of use asset, 
when there is a change in future lease payments resulting from a rent 
review, or change in the Group’s assessment of whether it is reasonably 
certain to exercise a purchase, extension or break option. The right of use 
asset is initially measured at cost, comprising the initial lease liability and 
any dilapidation or restoration costs. The right of use asset is subsequently 
depreciated on a straight line basis over the shorter of the lease term or 
the useful life of the underlying asset. The right of use asset is tested for 
impairment if there are any indicators of impairment. Leases of low value 
assets and short term leases of 12 months or less are expensed to the 
Group income statement over the lease term.
Nature and purpose of each reserve in equity
Share capital is determined using the nominal value of shares that have 
been issued.
Share premium represents the difference between the nominal value of 
shares issued and the fair value of the total consideration receivable at 
the issue date.
Equity-settled share-based employee remuneration is credited to the 
share-based payment reserve until the related share options are 
exercised. Upon exercise the share-based payment reserve is transferred 
to retained earnings.
The merger reserve was created in relation to the Group reorganisation 
under IFRS 3, in which Sureserve Group plc replaced Sureserve 
Holdings Limited as the Group’s ultimate parent company.
82
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 2, the Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions about the carrying amount of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. These estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which 
the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and 
future periods.
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that may have a significant risk 
of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are discussed below.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised based on the stage of completion of job or contract activity. Certain types of service provision pricing mechanisms require 
minimal estimation and judgement; however, service provision lump sum and longer term contracts do require judgements and estimates to be made 
to determine the stage of completion and the expected outcome for the individual contract. A sum will be recognised in relation to accrued income 
on the statement of financial position, details of which are described in Note 21. The accrued income balance at 30 September 2022 was £22.1m 
(2021: £17.9m). These assessments include a degree of uncertainty and therefore if the key judgements and estimates change, further adjustments 
of recoverable amounts may be necessary. Revenue is generated from a large number of contracts with customers, such that there is limited sensitivity 
to material revisions arising from changes in estimates on individual contracts.
Provisions for legal and other claims
The Group continues to manage a number of potential risks and uncertainties, including claims and disputes, which are common to other similar 
businesses and which could have a material impact on short and longer term performance. The Board remains focused on the outcome of a 
number of contract settlements on which there is a range of outcomes for the Group in terms of both cash flow and impact on the statement 
of comprehensive income.
In quantifying the likely outturn for the Group, the key judgements and estimates will typically include:
	
e The scope of the Group’s assessed responsibility 
	
e An assessment of the potential likelihood of economic outflow
	
e An estimation of economic outflow (including potential likelihood)
	
e A commercial assessment of potential further liabilities
Estimates of amounts provided take account of legal advice where sought. Details of specific cases are not disclosed due to potential commercial 
sensitivity. Provisions at 30 September 2022 include £1.1m (2021: £1.1m) in respect of the disposal of Lakehouse Contracts Limited and Foster 
Property Maintenance Limited – see Notes 8 and 25 for details of the basis of estimation used, as well as Note 31 Contingent liabilities.
The total carrying value of provisions at 30 September 2022 was £2.0m (2021: £2.0m) – see Note 25 for further details.
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
The Group assesses whether there are any impairment indicators for non-financial assets at each reporting date using a discount rate of 13.1% 
(2021: 7.3%). Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and at other times when such indicators exist. Other non-financial assets are tested for 
impairment when there are indicators that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
When value-in-use calculations are undertaken, management must estimate the expected future cash flows from the cash-generating unit and choose 
a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. These cash flows are based on the Board approved annual budget 
and three-year plan. Further details are given in Note 15. 
4. Operating segments
The Group’s chief operating decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. The Group’s operating segments are determined with reference 
to the information provided to the Board of Directors in order for it to allocate the Group’s resources and to monitor the performance of the Group.
Following the update to the Group’s strategy during the period, the Board of Directors has changed the basis of segmental reporting to move away 
from the previously reported two segment reporting basis (Compliance and Energy Services) to a single business segment of ‘Social Housing Energy 
Services’. The services provided to customers within Social Housing Energy Services comprise the following:
	
e Installation, maintenance and repair on demand of gas appliances and central heating systems, and air and water hygiene solutions where we 
contract predominantly under framework agreements to predominantly housing associations and local authorities 
	
e Consultancy and project management services for renewables and other technology
	
e Services in the energy efficiency sector, including external, internal and cavity wall insulation, loft insulation, gas central heating, boiler upgrades 
and other renewable technologies. The services are offered under various energy saving initiatives including the Energy Company Obligation 
(‘ECO’), Green Deal and the Scottish Government’s HEEPs (‘Home Energy Efficiency Programme’) Affordable Warmth programme. Clients 
include housing associations, social landlords, local authorities and private householders and we have trading relationships with all of the large 
utility suppliers and many of the leading smaller suppliers 
	
e Metering services involving the installation, servicing and administration of smart meter devices and associated data 
All revenue and profit are derived from operations in the United Kingdom only. 
The profit measure the Board used to evaluate performance is operating profit before amortisation of acquisition intangibles, impairment of goodwill 
and exceptional items (acquisition costs), as outlined overleaf and on the face of the income statement. 
The Group accounts for intercompany trading on an arm’s length basis. All intercompany trading is eliminated on consolidation.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
83
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
4. Operating segments continued
The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue and operating profit before amortisation of acquisition intangibles, impairment of goodwill and 
exceptional items (acquisition costs) by reportable segment:
2022
2021
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Continuing revenue
Social Housing Energy Services
276,029
219,555
Intercompany elimination
(933)
(2,978)
Total revenue
275,096
216,577
No customer represents more than 10% of revenue.
Reconciliation of operating profit before exceptional and other items to profit before taxation
2022
2021
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Continuing operating profit before exceptional and other items by segment
Social Housing Energy Services
20,236
15,011
Central costs
(3,409)
(2,749)
Total operating profit before exceptional and other items
16,827
12,262
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles
(269)
—
Impairment of goodwill
—
(188)
Acquisition costs
(120)
—
Finance expense
(864)
(1,000)
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
15,574
11,074
Only the Group consolidated statement of financial position is regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker and consequently no segment 
assets or liabilities are disclosed here under IFRS 8.
5. Profit before taxation
2022
2021
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Profit before taxation is stated after charging/(crediting):
Amount of inventories recognised as an expense (Note 20)
71,258
58,927
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 17)
726
681
Depreciation of right of use assets (Note 18)
5,036
4,403
Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 16)
597
451
Staff costs
98,904
85,307
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(7)
(208)
6. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
Following the update to the Group’s strategy, the Group is looking to dispose of the Sureserve Fire and Electrical Limited and Precision Lift Services 
Limited businesses, and a disposal process has commenced which is expected to be completed within 12 months. Accordingly, as required under 
IFRS, the associated assets and liabilities have consequently been presented as held for sale at 30 September 2022. The businesses were both 
initially classified as held for sale at 31 March 2022. An impairment review was undertaken at that time and this did not indicate any impairment of the 
carrying value of either business. Subsequent to 31 March 2022, based on offers received for the Precision Lifts Limited business, an impairment 
charge of £3.5m was recognised in respect of goodwill.
The results of the discontinued operations, which have been included in the profit for the year, were as follows:
2022
2021 
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Revenue
34,177
27,437
Cost of sales
(27,397)
(21,067)
Gross profit
6,780
6,370
Other operating expenses
(4,988)
(4,037)
Exceptional income
—
387
Impairment of goodwill
(3,460)
—
Operating (loss)/profit
(1,668)
2,720
Finance expense
(24)
(16)
(Loss)/profit before tax from discontinued operations
(1,692)
2,704
Taxation
(330)
(429)
(Loss)/profit for the period attributable to the equity holders of the Group from discontinued operations
(2,022)
2,275
84
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

6. Assets held for sale and discontinued operations continued
2022
£’000
Current assets
Goodwill
4,321
Other intangible assets
16
Property, plant and equipment
87
Right of use assets
594
Deferred tax asset
88
Inventories
1,713
Trade and other receivables
4,530
Cash and cash equivalents
3,989
Total assets classified as held for sale
15,338
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
6,958
Income tax payable
366
Lease liabilities
599
Provisions
310
Total liabilities directly associated with current assets classified as held for sale
8,233
Net assets held for sale
7,105
The proceeds of disposal are expected to exceed the carrying amount of the related net assets after the impairment charge of £3,460,000.
7. Auditor’s remuneration
The analysis of the auditor’s remuneration is as follows:
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for audit services to the Group:
– The audit of the Company’s and the Group’s annual accounts
125
100
– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
350
250
Total audit fees
475
350
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services to the Group:
– Agreed upon procedures on Interim results
40
35
Total non-audit fees
40
35
8. Exceptional items
2022
2021 
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Release of provision for potential legal settlement costs
—
800
Costs on disposal of Lakehouse Contracts Limited and Foster Property Maintenance Limited
—
(800)
Acquisition costs of CorEnergy Limited
(120)
—
(120)
—
Exceptional items are considered non-trading because they are not part of the underlying trade of the Group. 
Acquisition costs comprise legal and professional costs in relation to acquisition of CorEnergy Limited and amounted to £0.1m (2021: £nil).
Lakehouse Contracts Limited and Foster Property Maintenance Limited were sold on 17 August 2018 were previously disclosed as discontinued 
operations. The Board has reviewed the nature and time elapsed in classifying these and determined they are exceptional items. 
Exceptional items comprises:
	
e £nil (2021: £0.8m) of additional costs provided for in the year relating to legacy transactions 
	
e £nil (2021: (£0.8m)) release of provisions for potential legal settlement costs (see further details in note 31)
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
85
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
8. Exceptional items continued
On 20 December 2019, Mapps Group Limited, the acquirer of Lakehouse Contracts Limited and Foster Property Maintenance Limited, went into 
liquidation. During the year we corresponded with the Liquidators and advisers to both Mapps Group Limited and Lakehouse Contracts Limited in 
an effort to progress and resolve any outstanding claims. We are still awaiting the provision of necessary information from the Liquidators in order to 
progress matters. £nil additional costs (2021: £0.8m) have been provided for during the year. At 30 September 2022, the Group has provisions for 
liabilities relating to the disposal of £1.1m (2021: £1.1m). In addition to the amounts provided for above, there are a number of potential contingent 
liabilities arising from the disposal including, but not limited to:
	
e Potential claims under parent company guarantees and bonds for projects. The value of bonds and guarantees is included within Note 31
	
e Potential claims under clauses in the sale and purchase agreement including working capital adjustments and warranties/indemnities. Resolution 
of these outstanding claims is in the hands of the Liquidators of Mapps Group Limited and Lakehouse Contracts Limited
Whilst a claim has been received from the Liquidators of Lakehouse Contracts Limited, the Group has claims against Lakehouse Contracts Limited 
and Mapps Group Limited for amounts that exceed their best estimate of any amounts that may potentially be due to Lakehouse Contracts Limited 
and Mapps Group Limited under clauses in the sale and purchase agreement. The Board is in continuing dialogue with all parties.
Further details are not disclosed on the basis that such disclosure would be seriously prejudicial.
9. Finance income and finance expenses
2022
2021 
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Finance expenses
Interest payable on bank overdrafts and loans
194
378
Loan arrangement fee amortisation
78
109
Interest on lease agreements (Note 27)
543
455
Other interest payable
49
58
864
1,000
10. Information relating to employees
The average number of employees, including Directors, employed by the Group during the year was:
2022
2021 
(restated)
Number
Number
Direct labour and contract management
1,656
1,525
Administration and support
759
662
2,415
2,187
The aggregate remuneration was as follows:
2022
2021 
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Wages and salaries
87,181
75,410
Social security
9,365
7,783
Pension costs – defined contribution plans
2,474
1,829
Equity-settled share-based payments
381
285
99,401
85,307
11. Retirement benefit obligations
The Group contributes to the personal pension plans of certain employees of the Group. The assets of these schemes are held in independently 
administered funds. From 1 February 2014, the Group contributes to a new workplace pension scheme for all employees in compliance with the 
automatic enrolment legislation. The Group paid £2,474,000 in the year ended 30 September 2022 (2021 (restated): £1,829,000). At the reporting 
date, £375,330 of contributions were payable to the funds (2021: £442,000).
86
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

12. Tax on profit on ordinary activities
2022
2021 
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Current tax
Current year
3,213
1,846
Current tax – prior year 
(476)
95
Total current tax
2,737
1,941
Deferred tax (Note 26)
(256)
56
Total tax on profit on ordinary activities
2,481
1,997
The tax assessed for the year differs from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are explained below:
2022
2021 
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Profit before tax
15,574
11,074
Effective rate of corporation tax in the UK
19%
19%
Profit before tax at the effective rate of corporation tax
2,959
2,104
Effects of:
Income not deductible for tax purposes
(341)
(101)
Adjustment of deferred tax to closing tax rate
(54)
(89)
Current tax credited to equity
90
—
Deferred tax credited to equity
302
—
Current tax – prior year 
(476)
95
Deferred tax – prior year 
1
(12)
Tax charge for the year
2,481
1,997
Factors that may affect future charges
The closing deferred tax provision has been calculated at 25% in accordance with the rate enacted at the statement of financial position date. 
In the Spring Budget 2021, the Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the corporation tax rate would increase to 25%. This new law was 
substantively enacted on 24 May 2021.
13. Dividends
The Board did not recommend the payment of a dividend for the year ended 30 September 2022 (2021: nil).
The final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2020 of 1p per share amounting to £1.6m was paid in the prior year.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
87
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
14. Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:
2022
2021
(restated)
Number
Number
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
163,895,387
160,267,970
Diluted
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
Share options
3,694,811
2,910,442
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share
167,590,198
163,178,412
Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, being net earnings 
attributable to the owners of the Company from continuing operations (£’000)
13,093
9,077
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
8.0p
5.7p
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
7.8p
5.6p
(Loss) / earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations being net 
earnings attributable to the owners of the Company from discontinued operations (£’000)
(2,022)
2,275
Basic (loss)/earnings per share from discontinued operations
(1.2p)
1.4p
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share from discontinued operations
(1.2p)
1.4p
Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share being net profit after tax attributable to the owners 
of the Company from continuing and discontinued operations (£’000)
11,071
11,352
Basic earnings per share
6.8p
7.1p
Diluted earnings per share
6.6p
7.0p
Earnings, for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share, being net profit after tax attributable to the owners 
of the Company from continuing and discontinued operations, adjusted for the tax effected impairment of goodwill, 
amortisation of acquisition intangibles and exceptional items (£’000)
14,695
11,153
Basic earnings per share
9.0p
7.0p
Diluted earnings per share
8.8p
6.8p
The number of shares in issue at 30 September 2022 was 165,892,554 (2021: 161,213,788).
15. Goodwill
£’000
At 1 October 2021
42,479
Acquisition of CorEnergy Limited
6,234
Transfer of Sureserve Fire and Electrical Limited and Precision Lift Services Limited to assets held for sale
(7,781)
At 30 September 2022
40,932
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the Group’s share of the 
net assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. 
Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill 
acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) according to the level at which management monitors that goodwill. 
Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
The carrying value of goodwill is allocated to the following CGUs:
2022
2021
CGU
£’000
£’000
K&T Heating Services Limited
3,774
3,774
Sureserve Fire and Electrical Limited 
—
3,717
Everwarm Limited
17,476
17,476
H2O Nationwide Limited
2,209
2,209
Providor Limited
3,037
3,037
CorEnergy Limited
6,234
—
Sure Maintenance Limited
4,225
4,225
Aaron Services Limited
3,977
3,977
Precision Lifts Limited
—
4,064
40,932
42,479
An asset is impaired if its carrying value exceeds the unit’s recoverable amount which is based upon value in use. At each reporting date impairment 
reviews are performed by comparing the carrying value of the CGU to its value in use. At 30 September 2022 the value in use for each CGU was 
calculated based upon the cash flow projections of the latest Board-approved three-year forecasts together with a further two years estimated and 
an appropriate terminal value to perpetuity. 
Future forecasted profits are estimated by reference to the average operating margins achieved in the period immediately before the start of the 
forecast period.
88
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

15. Goodwill continued
The estimated growth rates are based on past experience and knowledge of the individual markets. The Directors believe that the Social Housing 
Energy Services markets will continue to present strong growth opportunities for the CGUs outlined above. Management believes that future growth 
in these markets is underpinned by a number of factors including:
	
e A pipeline of new tenders
	
e Further opportunities to work with other Group companies
	
e Client demand for safe buildings
	
e Adjacent market opportunities
The assumptions used in the impairment reviews are outlined below:
The growth rate applied to the cash flows in years four and five of the impairment review performed at 30 September 2022 was 4% (2021: 4%). 
A terminal growth rate of 2% (2021: 2%) was applied. The pre-tax discount rate applied was 13.1% (2021: 7.3%). Three different types of sensitivity 
analysis have been performed on two entities that showed potential indicators of impairment, including a 20% reduction in revenue and a reduction 
in the operating profit margin of between 1% and 2%. The Directors consider that any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would not 
cause the carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount. 
16. Other intangible assets
Acquisition intangibles
Computer
 software
Contracted
 customer
 order book
Customer
 relationships
Non-compete
 agreements
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2020
1,873
18,606
14,655
1,670
36,804
Additions
545
—
—
—
545
Disposals
(272)
—
—
—
(272)
At 30 September 2021
2,146
18,606
14,655
1,670
37,077
Acquisition of CorEnergy Limited
—
269
—
—
269
Additions
911
—
—
—
911
At 30 September 2022
3,057
18,875
14,655
1,670
38,257
Amortisation
At 1 October 2020
1,147
18,606
14,655
1,670
36,078
Amortisation charge
451
—
—
—
451
Disposals
(272)
—
—
—
(272)
At 30 September 2021
1,326
18,606
14,655
1,670
36,257
Amortisation charge
328
269
—
—
597
At 30 September 2022
1,654
18,875
14,655
1,670
36,854
Carrying value
At 30 September 2022
1,403
—
—
—
1,403
At 30 September 2021
820
—
—
—
820
Contracted customer order book
The value placed on the order book was based upon the cash flow projections over the contracts in place when a business is acquired. Due to 
uncertainties with trying to forecast revenues beyond the contract term, the Directors have valued contracts over the contractual term only. The value 
of the order book was amortised over the remaining life of each contract which typically ranges from one to five years.
Customer relationships
The values placed on the customer relationships were based upon the non-contractual expected cash inflows forecast on the base business over 
and above contracted revenues. The value of customer relationships was amortised over five years.
Non-compete agreements
The value placed on the non-compete agreements was based upon the non-compete clause and knowledge and know-how of the former owners 
of the acquired businesses. The value of non-compete agreements was amortised over five years.
All acquisition intangibles have been fully amortised as at 30 September 2022.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
89
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
17. Property, plant and equipment
Leasehold
 improvements
Plant and
 equipment
Fixtures and
 fittings
Motor
vehicles
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2020
676
1,389
1,760
176
4,001
Additions
635
586
349
—
1,570
Disposals
(71)
(223)
(307)
(61)
(662)
At 30 September 2021
1,240
1,752
1,802
115
4,909
Transfer to assets held for sale
(119)
(55)
(223)
(18)
(415)
Additions
21
455
289
—
765
Disposals
(177)
—
(29)
—
(206)
At 30 September 2022
965
2,152
1,839
97
5,053
Depreciation
At 1 October 2020
460
765
1,396
168
2,789
Charge for the year
99
355
227
—
681
Disposals
(2)
(208)
(307)
(53)
(570)
At 30 September 2021
557
912
1,316
115
2,900
Transfer to assets held for sale
(113)
(50)
(175)
(18)
(356)
Charge for the year
114
379
233
—
726
Disposals
(177)
—
(29)
—
(206)
At 30 September 2022
381
1,241
1,345
97
3,064
Net book value
At 30 September 2022
584
911
494
—
1,989
At 30 September 2021
683
840
486
—
2,009
18. Right of use assets
Leasehold
 property
Commercial
 vehicles
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2020
3,235
7,034
10,269
Acquisition of Vinshire Gas Services Limited
—
283
283
Additions
3,325
6,025
9,350
Disposals
(130)
(1,006)
(1,136)
At 30 September 2021
6,430
12,336
18,766
Transfer to assets held for sale
(179)
(771)
(950)
Variations
—
50
50
Additions
77
8,230
8,307
Disposals
—
(808)
(808)
At 30 September 2022
6,328
19,037
25,365
Depreciation
At 1 October 2020
1,111
2,401
3,512
Charge for the year
1,074
3,329
4,403
Disposals
(130)
(583)
(713)
At 30 September 2021
2,055
5,147
7,202
Transfer to assets held for sale
(111)
(479)
(590)
Charge for the year
938
4,098
5,036
Disposals
—
(646)
(646)
At 30 September 2022
2,882
8,120
11,002
Net book value
At 30 September 2022
3,446
10,917
14,363
At 30 September 2021
4,375
7,189
11,564
90
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

19. Group entities
Subsidiaries
The Group’s subsidiary undertakings are:
Country of
 
incorporation
Class of
 capital
%
Principal activity
Aaron Services Limited
England
Ordinary
100
Maintenance and installation of domestic gas heating systems
Sureserve Fire and Electrical Limited 
England
Ordinary 
100
Fire protection and building electrical services
Bury Metering Services Limited
England
Ordinary 
100
Non-trading 
CorEnergy Limited
England
Ordinary
100
Renewable and energy saving services
Everwarm Limited
Scotland
Ordinary
100
Energy and insulation services
H2O Nationwide Limited
England
Ordinary
100
Duct and water tank cleaning and refurbishment 
and building services hygiene
Just Energy Solutions Limited
England
Ordinary
100
Non-trading
K & T Heating Services Limited
England 
Ordinary
100
Maintenance and installation of domestic gas heating systems
Precision Lift Services Limited
England
Ordinary
100
Lift installation, modernisation and maintenance services
Providor Limited
England
Ordinary
100
Smart metering
Smart Metering Limited
England 
Ordinary
100
Non-trading
Sure Maintenance Limited
England 
Ordinary
100
Maintenance and installation of domestic gas heating systems
Sureserve Compliance Services Limited 
England 
Ordinary
100
Intermediate holding company
Sureserve VGS Limited (formerly known as 
Sureserve Construction Services Limited)
England 
Ordinary
100
Intermediate holding company
Sureserve Design and Build Limited 
England 
Ordinary
100
Non-trading
Sureserve Energy Services Limited 
England 
Ordinary
100
Intermediate holding company
Sureserve Holdings Limited*
England
Ordinary
100
Intermediate holding company
Vinshire Gas Services Limited
England
Ordinary
100
Non-trading
*	 Directly held investment.
The registered office of all entities above is Crossways Point 15, Victory Way, Crossways Business Park, Dartford, Kent DA2 6DT, except for 
Everwarm Limited whose registered office is 3 Inchcorse Place, Whitehill Industrial Estate, Bathgate, Scotland EH48 2EE.
Joint ventures
The Group’s joint ventures are:
Country of
incorporation
Class of
capital
%
Principal activity
Warmworks Scotland LLP
Scotland
Ordinary
33.33
Energy and insulation services
Arbed am Byth
Wales
Ordinary
50
Energy and insulation services
Details of joint ventures
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Carrying value of investment in Arbed am Byth
187
536
Carrying value of investment in Warmworks Scotland LLP
2,307
1,124
2,494
1,660
Warmworks, a joint venture with Changeworks Resources for Life and the Energy Saving Trust Enterprises Limited, commenced trading in 
September 2015, and the profit for 2022 was £1,273,000 (2021: profit of £1,013,000). The registered office of Warmworks Scotland LLP 
is 1 Carmichael Place, Leith, Edinburgh, Midlothian EH6 5PH. 
Arbed am Byth, a joint venture with the Energy Saving Trust Enterprises Limited, commenced trading in August 2018, and the profit for 2022 
was £151,000 (2021: £146,000). The registered office of Arbed am Byth is 33 Cathedral Road, Cardiff, Wales CF11 9HB. 
The Arbed programme for the Welsh Government was delivered via our joint venture with the Energy Saving Trust. The scheme ended in 
November 2021, with a 12-month period following this for any warranty/service work. 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
91
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
20. Inventories
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Raw materials and consumables
5,059
4,199
There are no inventories at 30 September 2022 or 30 September 2021 carried at fair value less costs to sell. The Directors consider that the replacement 
value of inventories is not materially different from their carrying value. There was no specific security held at either reporting date over inventory.
£71,258,000 (2021 (restated): £58,927,000) of inventories were recognised as an expense in the year.
21. Trade and other receivables
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Current
Trade receivables
23,115
18,414
Other receivables
5,664
3,698
Prepayments
3,122
3,219
Accrued income
22,095
17,918
53,996
43,249
Other receivables include sales retentions of £3,002,000 (2021: £2,920,000), rebates receivable of £805,000 (2021: £516,000), and finance issue 
costs of £151,000 (2021: £27,000). 
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Trade receivables
Trade receivables not due
19,876
16,386
Trade receivables past due 1–30 days
2,465
1,666
Trade receivables past due 31–60 days 
300
84
Trade receivables past due 61–90 days
100
93
Trade receivables past due over 90 days
761
433
Gross trade receivables
23,502
18,662
Provision for credit losses brought forward
(248)
(446)
Credit note applied
121
—
Acquisition of CorEnergy Limited
(41)
—
Amounts written off
4
208
Provision charged to profit or loss in the year
(223)
(10)
Provision for credit losses carried forward
(387)
(248)
Net trade receivables
23,115
18,414
The provision for credit losses of £387,000 (2021: £248,000) includes £387,000 (2021: £148,000) of trade receivables over 90 days past their 
due date. 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade receivables approximates to their fair value. Debts provided for and written off are determined 
on an individual basis and included in other operating expenses in the Financial Statements. The Directors believe the credit risk is low due to the 
majority of the Group’s customer base being either public sector or regulated bodies. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is the fair value 
of trade receivables as presented above. The Group has not pledged any trade receivables as security. At the end of the year three clients 
represented over 5% of the total balance of trade receivables (2021: one client).
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade 
receivables and contract assets (accrued income). To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract assets 
are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade receivables for similar types 
of contracts. The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the five-year period prior to the period end. 
The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the Group’s customers. 
The Group has identified key macroeconomic factors in the locations where the Group operates.
92
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

22. Trade and other payables
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Current
Trade payables
31,200
24,937
Sub-contract retentions
805
727
Accruals
11,097
11,727
Deferred income
1,693
980
Social security and other taxes
7,901
7,524
Other payables
1,374
1,502
54,070
47,397
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value for each reported period. Trade payables are 
non-interest bearing. Average settlement days are 74 days (2021: 68 days).
23. Borrowings
In December 2021, the Group renewed its bank facilities to provide an overdraft facility of £5,000,000 together with a revolving credit facility of £15,000,000 
which runs to 31 January 2025. The revolving credit facility remained undrawn on 30 September 2022 and 30 September 2021. There is a charge 
over all of the Company’s assets in respect of continuing security for the Group’s obligations to pay under the revolving credit facility with NatWest.
24. Net cash
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
19,319
16,444
Unamortised finance costs (included in other receivables)
151
27
Net cash pre-lease liabilities 
19,470
16,471
Lease liabilities (note 27)
(15,076)
(12,043)
Total net cash in continuing operations
4,394
4,428
Cash and cash equivalents in assets held for sale
3,989
—
Lease liabilities in liabilities held for sale
(599)
—
Total net cash 
7,784
4,428
25. Provisions
Legal and
 other
£’000
At 1 October 2020
4,046
Additional provision
746
Released during the year
(1,187)
Utilised in the year
(1,606)
At 30 September 2021
1,999
Additional provision
338
Additional provision on acquisition
40
Utilised in the year
(413)
At 30 September 2022
1,964
Current provisions
497
Non-current provisions
1,467
Legal and other
Provisions relate to property dilapidation obligations, potential contract settlement costs and other potential legal settlement costs. These are 
expected to result in an outflow of economic benefit over the next one to five years. See notes 8 and 31 for further details.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
93
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
26. Deferred taxation
Accelerated
 capital
allowances
Short term
 timing
 differences
Share-based
 payments
Acquisition
 intangibles
Unutilised
 losses
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Asset bought forward as at 1 October 2020
93
229
56
—
139
517
(Debit)/credit to P&L
(260)
72
89
—
43
(56)
Deferred tax on share-based payments recognised in equity
—
—
(117)
—
—
(117)
(Liability)/asset carried forward as at 30 September 2021
(167)
301
28
—
182
344
Transfer of assets held for sale
10
(98)
—
—
—
(88)
Acquisition of CorEnergy Limited
(1)
—
—
(67)
—
(68)
(Debit)/credit to P&L
(264)
102
351
67
—
256
Deferred tax on share-based payments recognised in equity
—
—
—
—
—
—
(Liability)/asset carried forward as at 30 September 2022
(422)
305
379
—
182
444
At 30 September 2022
Non-current asset
—
305
379
—
182
866
Non-current liability
(422)
—
—
—
—
(422)
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset
(422)
305
379
—
182
444
At 30 September 2021
Non-current asset
—
301
28
—
182
511
Non-current liability
(167)
—
—
—
—
(167)
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset
(167)
301
28
—
182
344
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so.
27. Lease liabilities
Present value
 of minimum
 lease
 payments
£’000
At 1 October 2020
6,836
Repayments
(4,283)
Interest
475
New obligations on acquisition
283
Variation in terms
18
New obligations
9,332
Obligations cancelled
(618)
At 30 September 2021
12,043
Transfer to liabilities held for sale
(365)
Repayments
(5,341)
Interest
543
Variation in terms
50
New obligations
8,307
Obligations cancelled
(161)
At 30 September 2022
15,076
Future lease payments are due as follows:
Present value
 of minimum
 lease
 payments
£’000
Less than one year
5,494
Between two and five years
9,582
At 30 September 2022
15,076
Less than one year
4,071
Between two and five years
7,972
At 30 September 2021
12,043
94
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

28. Called up share capital
Allotted, called up and fully paid:
2022
2021
2022
2021
Number
Number
£
£
165,892,554
161,213,788
Ordinary shares of £0.10 each
16,589,255
16,121,379
Details of options granted under the Group’s share scheme are contained in Note 29.
Voting rights
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend or participate in any general meeting of the Company and to receive any notice 
of a written resolution proposed to be passed by the Company.
On a show of hands at a meeting the holders of any such shares shall be entitled to one vote for all such shares held.
On a poll at a meeting, for a written resolution, the holder of such shares shall be entitled to such number of votes as corresponds to the nominal value 
(in pence) or the relevant shares held.
29. Share-based payments
The Company has established a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’), Sharesave Scheme (‘SAYE’), Company Share Option Plan (‘CSOP’), Performance 
Share Plan (PSP) and a Special Incentive Award Plan (‘SIAP’).
The charge recognised for share-based payments in the year was £381,000 (2021: £168,000) net of tax.
SAYE
The SAYE is open to all employees who satisfy certain criteria, particularly relating to period of employment. The exercise price is equal to the average 
of the closing quoted market price for the preceding three days less a discretionary discount approved by the Board of not less than 80% of the 
market value of a share. The SAYE is for three years, during which the holder must remain in the employment of the Group. The shares can be 
exercised within six months from the maturity of the SAYE.
CSOP
The CSOP is open to all employees at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The exercise price is equal to the average of the closing 
quoted market price at the date of grant. The vesting period is for three years, during which the holder must remain in the employment of the Group, 
and is conditional on the achievement of a mix of market and non-market performance conditions from the date of granting the option to the date 
of potential exercise.
PSP
The PSP is open to certain employees at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee at a limit not exceeding 150% of the individual’s base salary 
at the date of grant. The exercise price is £nil. The vesting period is for three years, during which the holder must remain in the employment of the 
Group, and is conditional on the achievement of a mix of market and non-market performance conditions from the date of granting the option to the 
date of potential exercise.
SIAP
Awards granted under the SIAP take the form of options to acquire Sureserve shares for nil consideration. The awards will have no beneficial tax 
status. Only employees who are also Directors of the Company may be granted an award under the SIAP. The Remuneration Committee will have 
absolute discretion to select the persons to whom awards may be granted and in determining the number of shares to be subject to each award.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
95
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
29. Share-based payments continued
SAYE
CSOP
PSP
SIAP
Number
At 1 October 2020
3,810,884
3,113,153
840,000
800,000
Granted 
—
—
—
180,000
Lapsed 
(769,129)
(137,870)
—
—
Exercised
(551,336)
(272,643)
—
(980,000)
At 30 September 2021
2,490,419
2,702,640
840,000
—
Granted 
1,719,442
—
696,125
—
Lapsed 
(343,399)
(366,583)
(110,000)
—
Exercised
(812,632)
(161,323)
—
—
At 30 September 2022
3,053,830
2,174,734
1,426,125
—
Weighted average exercise price (p)
At 1 October 2021
29.40p
42.84p
—
—
Granted 
66.40p
—
—
—
Lapsed 
30.56p
42.91p
—
—
Exercised
25.81p
40.75p
—
—
Outstanding at 30 September 2022
50.01p
42.99p
—
—
Outstanding value at 30 September 2021
29.40p
42.84p
—
—
Fair value of options granted
Weighted fair value of one option
20.30p
18.24p
61.66p
—
Assumptions used in estimating the fair value (weighted average)
Share price at date of grant
59.10p
42.75p
65.53p
—
Exercise price
50.01p
42.99p
0.00p
—
Expected dividend yield
0.87%
3.57%
2.20%
—
Risk-free rate
0.86%
0.04%
0.48%
—
Expected volatility
37.50%
56.91%
47.45%
—
Expected life
3.31 years
5.41 years
3.00 years
—
In the year ended 30 September 2022, options were granted in respect of the SAYE and PSP schemes. 
The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options at 30 September 2022 was 1.3 years (2021: 1.2 years). 
The SAYE, CSOP and PSP options were valued under the binomial methodology.
The PSP options granted in FY22 were valued under the Monte Carlo methodology. 
The inputs into the binomial model are as follows:
2022
2021
Share price (p)
83.00
—
Exercise price (p)
66.40
—
Expected volatility (%)
38.35
—
Expected life (years)
3.19
—
Risk-free rate (%)
1.40
—
Expected dividend yield (%)
0.00
—
The inputs into the Monte Carlo model are as follows:
2022
2021
Share price (p)
83.50–93.50
27.10
Exercise price (p)
0.00
0.00
Expected volatility (%)
36.72–36.94
34.90
Expected life (years)
3.00 
1.50 
Risk-free rate (%)
0.64–1.48
0.71
Expected dividend yield (%)
0.00–2.52
1.00
Expected volatility was based upon the historical volatility over the expected life of the schemes. The expected life is based upon scheme rules and 
reflects management’s best estimates for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.
96
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

30. Reserves
Share premium reserve
The share premium account represents amounts received in excess of the nominal value of shares on issue of new shares, net of the direct costs 
associated with issuing those shares. 
Merger reserve
On 23 March 2015 Sureserve Group plc (then Lakehouse plc) was listed on the Premium Listing segment of the Official List and traded on the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange. As part of a restructuring accompanying the Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’) of the Group on 23 March 2015, 
Sureserve Group plc replaced Sureserve Holdings Limited as the Group’s ultimate parent company by way of a share exchange agreement. Under 
IFRS 3 this has been accounted for as a Group reconstruction under merger accounting. 
Merger accounting principles for this combination gave rise to a merger reserve of £20,067,000.
Share-based payment reserve 
See note 29 for further details.
31. Guarantees and contingent liabilities
The Company and certain subsidiaries have, in the normal course of business, given guarantees and performance bonds relating to the Group’s 
contracts totalling £3,537,900 (2021: £5,463,000). A subsidiary of the Group has provided a guarantee of £750,000 (2021: £750,000) to the 
Warmworks Scotland LLP joint venture. 
Contingent liabilities in respect of the disposal of Lakehouse Contracts Limited and Foster Property Maintenance Limited are disclosed in Note 8.
32. Financial instruments
Financial instruments comprise both financial assets and financial liabilities. The carrying value of these financial assets and liabilities is assumed 
to approximate their fair values.
The principal financial assets in the Group comprise trade, loans and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The principal financial 
liabilities in the Group comprise borrowings which are categorised as debt at amortised cost, together with trade and other payables, and other 
long term liabilities, which are classified as other financial liabilities.
Financial risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing finance and capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns to shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. The Group is not 
subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.
The main financial risks faced by the Group are liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk (which includes interest rate risk). Currently the Group only 
operates in the UK and only transacts in Sterling. It is therefore not exposed to any foreign currency exchange risk. The Board regularly reviews and 
agrees policies for managing each of these risks.
Categories of financial instruments
Financial assets measured 
at amortised cost
2022
2021
Financial assets
£’000
£’000
Current financial assets
Trade receivables, loans and other receivables
50,874
40,030
Cash and cash equivalents
19,319
16,444
70,193
56,474
Financial liabilities 
measured at amortised cost
2022
2021
Financial liabilities
£’000
£’000
Current financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
44,428
38,027
Lease liabilities
5,494
4,071
Total current financial liabilities
49,922
42,098
Non-current financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
9,582
7,972
59,504
50,070
The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost in the Financial Statements 
approximate their fair values.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
97
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
32. Financial instruments continued
Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The Group has 
adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the 
risk of financial loss from defaults. The Group does not enter into derivatives to manage its credit risk.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is represented by the carrying value of the financial assets in the statement of financial position. 
The Group does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics.
There has been a minimal history of bad debts as the majority of its sales are to local Government councils or housing trust partnerships and as a 
consequence the Directors do not consider that the Group has a material exposure to credit risk. 
Market risk
As the Group only operates in the UK and only transacts in Sterling, the Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in 
interest rates only and as a consequence of being debt free the Directors do not consider that the Group has a material exposure to interest rate risk.
Liquidity risk
Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board, which has established an appropriate liquidity risk management framework 
for the management of the Group’s short, medium and long term funding and liquidity management requirements. The Group’s policy on liquidity is 
to ensure that there are sufficient committed borrowing facilities to meet the Group’s long to medium term funding requirements.
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities, by continuously monitoring 
forecast and actual cash flows, and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.
(a)	Interest rate risk
The Group’s revolving credit facility has floating interest rates based on a margin above LIBOR/SONIA. Since the facility was undrawn during both 
financial years, the Group was not exposed to any interest rate risk.
(b) Interest rate sensitivity analysis 
The Group’s principal borrowings attract floating rate interest. On a weighted average of £nil (2021: £nil) of debt in the year, a 0.5% increase in the 
floating interest rate would have increased annual interest payable by £nil (2021: £nil). 
33. Cash generated from operations
2022
2021
(restated)
£’000
£’000
Operating profit
16,438
12,074
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
5,762
4,743
Share-based payments
381
285
Amortisation of intangible-related assets
597
451
Impairment of goodwill and acquisition intangibles
—
188
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(7)
(208)
Changes in working capital:
Inventories
(1,634)
(1,061)
Trade and other receivables
(11,145)
(5,258)
Trade and other payables
6,054
2,704
Provisions
(74)
(1,659)
Cash generated from operations
16,372
12,259
98
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

34. Business combinations
CorEnergy Limited
On 7 December 2021, the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of CorEnergy Limited. The consideration paid for CorEnergy was £6.6m, 
plus a working capital adjustment of £1m (paid in cash), taking the total consideration paid to £7.6m. £3.3m was satisfied through cash and a further 
£3.3m through the issue of 3,704,811 new ordinary shares of 10 pence each in Sureserve which were issued at an effective price of 89.4 pence each.
The Directors consider the value assigned to goodwill represents the acquired workforce, expected synergies to be generated from cross-selling 
opportunities through the extension of the Group’s service and solutions offering in renewables, and access to new customers and markets as a 
result of this acquisition. It is not expected that any goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. All costs of the acquisition have been recognised 
as an exceptional expense in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which it was incurred, the total cost recognised is £120,000.
The effect of the acquisition on the Group’s assets and liabilities was as follows:
Provisional 
fair value
£’000
Assets
Current
Trade and other receivables
671
Cash
1,651
Total assets
2,322
Liabilities
Current
Provisions
(40)
Trade and other payables
(1,045)
Total liabilities
(1,085)
Net assets acquired
1,237
Goodwill 
6,234
Acquisition intangibles, net of deferred tax
202
7,673
Satisfied by:
Cash consideration
3,312
Share consideration
3,312
Working capital adjustment (paid in cash)
1,049
7,673
Post-acquisition results
The results for CorEnergy Limited since the acquisition date, included within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period 
ended 30 September 2022 are:
£’000
Revenue
5,072
Operating profit 
1,025
Interest
—
Profit before tax
1,025
Taxation
(191)
Profit for the period
834
Results of business combinations during the period
If the acquisition of CorEnergy Limited had occurred on 1 October 2021, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the Group for the 
period ended 30 September 2022, would have been:
£’000
Revenue
275,646
Operating profit 
16,532
Interest
(864)
Profit before tax
15,668
Taxation
(2,498)
Profit for the period from continuing operations
13,170
Loss from assets held for sale
(2,022)
Profit for the period
11,148
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022
99
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
35. Related party transactions
Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this Note.
Trading transactions
The Company’s subsidiary, Everwarm Limited, provides services to Warmworks Scotland LLP, a joint venture with Changeworks Resources for 
Life and Energy Saving Trust Enterprises Limited. £15,604,000 of services were provided in 2022 (2021: £9,609,000). £702,000 was charged 
to Everwarm Limited from Warmworks Scotland LLP for services provided in 2022 (2021: £848,000).
At 30 September 2022 Everwarm Limited had a receivable owing from Warmworks amounting to £2,209,000 (2021: £1,601,000), and a payable 
of £6,000 (2021: £138,000). 
The Company’s subsidiary, Everwarm Limited, provides services to Arbed am Byth, a joint venture with Energy Saving Trust Enterprises Limited. 
As at 30 September 2022 Everwarm Limited had a receivable owing from Arbed am Byth amounting to £nil (2021: £3,000). £488,000 was charged 
by Everwarm Limited to Arbed am Byth for services provided in 2022 (2021: £243,000). £13,000 was charged to Everwarm Limited by Arbed am 
Byth for services provided in 2022 (2021: £nil).
Remuneration of key management personnel 
The remuneration of the Directors and members of the Board, together with other key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in 
aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures. The key management personnel are the members of the Executive 
Management Team. Further information about the remuneration of individual Group Directors is provided in the audited part of the remuneration report:
2022
2021
Number
Number
Number of members of the Executive Management Team at each year end
13
15
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Short term employee benefits
3,350
2,766
Share-based payment charge
180
113
Post-employment benefits
272
211
Compensation for loss of office
150
187
3,952
3,277
In addition to the above, dividends were paid to Directors of £nil (2021: £1,000). Gains on exercise of share options were £nil (2021: £860,000).
100
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Company balance sheet
At 30 September 2022
2022
2021
Notes
£’000
£’000
Fixed assets
Investments in subsidiaries
39
12,392
12,392
Intangible fixed assets
40
1,170
740
Tangible fixed assets
41
215
248
Right of use assets
42
199
231
13,976
13,611
Current assets
Debtors – due within one year
43
10,821
7,538
Debtors – due after more than one year
43
57,759
55,076
Income tax receivable
2,852
1,812
71,432
64,426
Trade and other payables
44
(9,107)
(15,821)
Lease liabilities
46
(111)
(94)
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
(9,218)
(15,915)
Net current assets
62,214
48,511
Total assets less current liabilities
76,190
62,122
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Lease liabilities
46
(93)
(142)
Provisions for liabilities
45
(1,062)
(1,062)
Net assets
75,035
60,918
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
47
16,590
16,122
Share premium account
48
28,739
25,620
Share-based payment reserve
49
634
349
Profit and loss account
29,072
18,827
Shareholders’ funds
75,035
60,918
As a consolidated statement of comprehensive income is published, a separate statement of comprehensive income for the parent company is omitted 
by virtue of the exemption available in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company’s profit and total comprehensive income for the year 
was £9,759,000 (2021: £8,463,000).
The Financial Statements of Sureserve Group plc (registered number 09411297) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue 
on 23 January 2023. They were signed on its behalf by:
Sameet Vohra
Director
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Company balance sheet. 
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022 101
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 September 2022
Share
 capital
Share 
premium
 account
Share-
based
 payment
 reserve
Own
shares
Profit and
 loss
 account
Total
equity
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
At 1 October 2020
15,934
25,408
650
(290)
11,885
53,587
Profit for the year
—
—
—
—
8,463
8,463
Dividends paid (Note 13)
—
—
—
—
(1,595)
(1,595)
Issue of shares (exercise of options)
188
212
—
—
(105)
295
Equity-settled share-based payments, net of tax 
—
—
168
—
—
168
Reserve transfer
—
—
(469)
290
179
—
At 30 September 2021
16,122
25,620
349
—
18,827
60,918
Profit for the year
—
—
—
—
9,759
9,759
Issue of shares (acquisition of CorEnergy Limited)
370
2,942
—
—
—
3,312
Issue of shares (exercise of options)
97
178
—
—
—
275
Equity-settled share-based payments, net of tax 
—
—
381
—
390
771
Reserve transfer
—
—
(96)
—
96
—
At 30 September 2022
16,589
28,740
634
—
29,072
75,035
102
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Notes to the Company Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 September 2022
Company only
The following notes 36 to 49 relate to the Company only position for the year ended 30 September 2022. 
36. Accounting policies
Statement of compliance and basis of preparation
The separate Financial Statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. The Company meets the definition of a 
qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Accordingly the Financial Statements 
have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 101) Reduced Disclosure Framework as issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council.
As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to share-based 
payment, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of a cash flow statement and certain related party transactions including 
remuneration of key management personnel.
Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated Financial Statements.
The Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis. The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out 
in Note 2 to the consolidated Financial Statements except as noted below.
Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. 
Cost is defined as the consideration transferred and is measured at fair value. Fair value is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values 
of assets transferred by the Company, liabilities incurred by the Company to the former owners of the acquired company and the equity interest issued 
by the Company in exchange for control of the acquired company. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. 
When the consideration transferred by the Company includes an asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent 
consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred. Changes in fair value of the contingent 
consideration are adjusted when identified with corresponding adjustments dependent upon how the contingent consideration is classified. Where 
contingent consideration is classified as equity any change in fair value is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as 
an asset or liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, or IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.
Impairment of investments
At each balance sheet date, the Company tests the carrying amounts of investments to determine whether those investments have suffered an 
impairment loss. The recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not 
generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the 
asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating 
units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can 
be identified.
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable 
amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the 
impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease. 
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, 
but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been 
recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried 
at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.
37. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of uncertainty
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities at the date of the Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Estimates and judgements are continually made and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events 
that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances. As the use of estimates is inherent in financial reporting, actual results could differ from 
these estimates. 
Impairment of investments
The Company reviews the valuation of all its investments for impairment annually or if events and changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is determined based on value-in-use calculations. The use of this method requires the estimation 
of future cash flows and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of these cash flows. See Note 15 for further 
information on impairment.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022 103
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
38. Staff numbers and costs
2022
2021
Number
Number
Office and administration
59
62
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:
Wages and salaries
4,135
3,923
Social security costs
474
497
Other pension costs
134
116
Equity-settled share-based payments
381
285
5,124
4,821
39. Investment in subsidiaries
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2021 and 30 September 2022
12,392
Net book value
At 1 October 2021 and 30 September 2022
12,392
Further information is provided in Note 19.
40. Intangible fixed assets
Computer
 software
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2020
1,049
Additions
490
Disposals
(271)
At 30 September 2021
1,268
Additions
705
Disposals
—
At 30 September 2022
1,973
Amortisation
At 1 October 2020
451
Amortisation charge
348
Disposals
(271)
At 30 September 2021
528
Amortisation charge
275
Disposals
—
At 30 September 2022
803
Carrying value
At 30 September 2022
1,170
At 30 September 2021
740
104
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

41. Tangible fixed assets
Leasehold
 improvements
Plant and
 equipment
Fixtures and
 fittings
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2020
154
136
24
314
Additions
48
28
31
107
Disposals
—
(73)
—
(73)
At 30 September 2021
202
91
55
348
Additions
—
21
13
34
Disposals
—
—
—
—
At 30 September 2022
202
112
68
382
Depreciation
At 1 October 2020
22
84
7
113
Depreciation charge
17
36
7
60
Disposals
—
(73)
—
(73)
At 30 September 2021
39
47
14
100
Depreciation charge
20
26
21
67
Disposals
—
—
—
—
At 30 September 2022
59
73
35
167
Carrying value
At 30 September 2022
143
39
33
215
At 30 September 2021
163
44
41
248
42. Right of use assets
Leasehold 
property
Commercial
 vehicles
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost
At 1 October 2020
387
11
398
Additions
—
92
92
At 30 September 2021
387
103
490
Additions
—
92
92
Disposals
—
(38)
(38)
At 30 September 2022
387
157
544
Depreciation
At 1 October 2020
174
1
175
Charge for the year
72
12
84
At 30 September 2021
246
13
259
Charge for the year
63
33
96
Disposals
—
(10)
(10)
At 30 September 2022
309
36
345
Carrying value
At 30 September 2022
78
121
199
At 30 September 2021
141
90
231
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022 105
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2022
43. Debtors
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Amounts falling due within one year
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
9,359
6,337
Prepayments
1,008
1,022
Other debtors
224
32
Deferred tax asset
87
—
Tax receivable
143
147
10,821
7,538
Amounts falling due after more than one year
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
57,759
55,076
44. Creditors
2022
2021
£’000
£’000
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Bank loans and overdrafts
4,694
6,658
Trade creditors
501
283
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
2,006
7,017
Accruals and deferred income
1,777
1,580
Social security and other taxes
114
106
Deferred tax liability
—
159
Other creditors
15
18
9,107
15,821
There is a charge over all of the Company’s assets in respect of continuing security for the Group’s obligations to pay under the Group’s £15m 
revolving credit facility with NatWest.
The Company is a member of a VAT group and all the members of the Group are jointly and severally liable for any VAT liabilities. The total liability 
for the VAT group at 30 September 2022 was £1,324,000 (2021: £654,000).
45. Provisions for liabilities
Legal and
 other
£’000
At 1 October 2021
1,062
Additional provision
—
At 30 September 2022
1,062
Further information is provided in Notes 8 and 25.
Further details are not disclosed on the basis that such disclosure would be seriously prejudicial.
106
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

46. Lease liabilities
Present value
 of minimum 
lease 
payments
£’000
At 1 October 2020
226
Repayments
(90)
Interest
7
New obligations
160
Obligations cancelled
(67)
At 30 September 2021
236
Repayments
(103)
Interest
7
New obligations
92
Obligations cancelled
(28)
At 30 September 2022
204
Future lease payments are due as follows:
Present value
 of minimum
lease
payments
£’000
Less than one year
111
Between two and five years
93
At 30 September 2022
204
Less than one year
94
Between two and five years
142
At 30 September 2021
236
47. Share capital
Allotted, called up and fully paid:
Number
£
Ordinary shares of £0.10 each
165,892,554
16,589,255
Details of the movements in share capital together with the key rights and preferences of the share capital are disclosed in Note 28.
48. Share premium account
The share premium account represents amounts received in excess of the nominal value of shares on issue of new shares, net of the direct costs 
associated with issuing those shares. 
49. Share-based payments
During the year ended 30 September 2022 the Company had four share-based payment arrangements, which are described in Note 29.
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022 107
Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements

Company registration number
09411297
Directors
Nick Winks (Non-Executive Chairman) 
Peter Smith (Chief Executive Officer) 
Sameet Vohra (Chief Financial Officer)
Robert Legget (Senior Independent Director)
Derek Zissman (Non-Executive Director)
Christopher Mills (Non-Executive Director)
Tania Songini (Non-Executive Director)
Group Company Secretary
John Charlton
Registered office
Crossways Point 15
Victory Way
Crossways Business Park
Dartford
Kent
DA2 6DT
Independent auditors
RSM UK Audit LLP
25 Farringdon Street
London
EC4A 4AB
Principal bankers
NatWest
9th floor
250 Bishopsgate
London
EC2M 4AA
Legal advisers to the Company
BPE Solicitors LLP
St James House
St James Square
Cheltenham
GL50 3PR
DLA Piper UK LLP
1 St Paul’s Place
Sheffield
S1 2JX
Financial adviser and stockbroker
Shore Capital
Cassini House
57 St James’s Street
London
SW1A 1LD
Registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU
Corporate calendar
Annual General Meeting
21 March 2023
Announcement of Interim Results
May 2023
Announcement of Final Results
January 2024
Corporate directory
108
Sureserve Group plc 
Annual Report 2022

Sureserve Group’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report, which has been 
printed on Magno Satin, an FSC® certified material. This document was printed by Park Communications 
using its environmental print technology, which minimises the impact of printing on the environment, with 
99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. Both the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.
CBP016923

Crossways Point 15
Victory Way
Crossways Business Park
Dartford
Kent
DA2 6DT
www.sureservegroup.co.uk